Professional Documents
Culture Documents
The Subject Revision is attached to this letter of transmittal. Due to the extent of the changed
material, the CMM is reprinted in its entirety. The obsolete CMM should be discarded.
This CMM with the part numbers listed on the CMM Title Page is accepted by CFM. CFM has
traceability to FAA Engineering for acceptance of this CMM as complying with 14 CFR Part 33,
Section 33.4.
This Component Maintenance Manual is prepared per Air Transport Association of America (ATA)
Specification 2200.
Appropriate Zone,
CFM
Product Support Manager
CFMI-TP-CM.020
COMPONENT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WITH
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
FUEL PUMP
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CFM PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND IS
DISCLOSED IN CONFIDENCE. IT IS THE PROPERTY OF CFM AND SHALL NOT BE USED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS
OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF CFM, INCLUDING, BUT WITHOUT
LIMITATION, IT IS NOT TO BE USED IN THE CREATION, MANUFACTURE, DEVELOPMENT, OR DERIVATION OF
ANY REPAIRS, MODIFICATIONS, SPARE PARTS, DESIGN, OR CONFIGURATION CHANGES OR TO OBTAIN FAA
OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT OR REGULATORY APPROVAL TO DO SO. IF CONSENT IS GIVEN FOR
REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THIS NOTICE AND THE NOTICE SET FORTH ON EACH PAGE OF THIS
DOCUMENT SHALL APPEAR IN ANY SUCH REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART. THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT MAY ALSO BE CONTROLLED BY U.S. EXPORT CONTROL LAWS.
UNAUTHORIZED EXPORT OR RE-EXPORT IS PROHIBITED.
ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO ASSEMBLY
AND DISASSEMBLY, CLEANING, INSPECTION METHODS AND LIMITS, REPAIR METHODS AND LIMITS,
OPERATIONAL LIMITS, LIFE LIMITS AND THE LIKE, HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AND APPROVED FOR USE WITH
ENGINES AND PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN MANUFACTURED AND/OR APPROVED BY CFM AND THAT HAVE
BEEN MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CFM TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
CFM HAS NO CONTRACTUAL OR LEGAL OBLIGATION FOR, NOR KNOWLEDGE OF, NON-CFM-APPROVED
PARTS AND REPAIRS. ACCORDINGLY, THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT INTENDED TO APPLY TO NON-CFM-
APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS.
73-11-11
23555 EUCLID AVENUE, CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117
FUEL PUMP
704300, 708300,
AND 708600 SERIES
Part Numbers
ARGO-TECH CFM
704300-1 301-776-101-1
704300-2 301-776-102-0
704300-3 301-776-103-0
704300-4 301-776-104-0
704300-5 301-776-105-0
704300-6 301-776-106-0
704300-8 301-776-108-0
704300-9 301-776-109-0
704300-10 301-776-110-0
704300-11 301-776-111-0
704300-12 301-776-112-0
704300-13 301-776-113-0
704300-14 301-776-114-0
704300-15 301-776-115-0
708300-1 301-778-801-0
708300-2 301-778-802-0
708300-4 301-778-804-0
708300-5 301-778-805-0
708300-6 301-778-806-0
708600-1 301-779-001-0
708600-2 301-779-002-0
708600-5 301-779-005-0
708600-6 301-779-006-0
708600-7 301-779-007-0
The technical content of this document is approved by the FAA and under the authority of
DOA nº EASA.21J.086.
73-11-11
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980
© October 2009 REVISED October 16, 2009
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Limitations
Proprietary Information - This document can only be distributed to parties who agree that the
information identified in this document as “ARGO-TECH Corporation Proprietary Information” shall
not be used or disclosed to others in the creation, manufacture, development, or derivation of any
repairs, modifications, spare parts, designs, or configuration changes or to obtain FAA or any
other government or regulatory approval to do so. Return this manual to the source from which
you obtained it if you do not agree to the preceding limitations on use. Use of this manual shall be
conclusive evidence of your agreement to the preceding limitations on use.
Use of Inspection Data - The use of any non-genuine Argo-Tech part may invalidate all
inspection limits and criteria presented herein. Argo-Tech parts are those parts listed in the
Illustrated Parts List. The instructions for the continued airworthiness of these Argo-Tech pumps
are based upon the application of the inspection limits, inspection criteria and acceptance testing
presented in this manual. These criteria were developed utilizing specific design knowledge, testing
and extensive field experience of the performance and wear characteristics on only Argo-Tech
parts. The in-service performance of an individual Argo-Tech part is evaluated by itself and along
with other Argo-Tech parts as an integrated pump subsystem. The knowledge of the in-service
performance characteristics of one individual part is necessary to establish the inspection criteria
for its own purpose, for other related pump parts and the pumping system acceptance testing limits.
This provides the basis of assured continued airworthiness. When any non- Argo-Tech part is used
in the repair and maintenance of these Argo-Tech pumps, the application of the inspection limits,
inspection criteria and acceptance testing presented in this manual may not be used to establish
the continued airworthiness of the entire pump.
Invalidation of Warranty and Support - All warranties, expressed or implied, are contingent
upon the exclusive use of genuine Argo-Tech Corporation parts. In any instance where Argo-
Tech pumps are in any way altered or re-engineered, all warranties to the user of the pump and
all liabilities of Argo-Tech to the user of the pump are voided.
73-11-11
LIMITATIONS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
T h i s e n t i r e m a n u a l h a s b e e n r e v i s e d a n d i s b e i n g r ei s s u e d . A l l p a g e s o f t h e
manual have been revised to show the new Argo-Tech Corporation logo. Discard
y o u r p r e s e n t m a n u a l a n d r e p l a c e i t w i t h t h i s m a n u a l. A l i s t i n g o f t h e m a n u a l
revisions is provided below.
NEW MODELS
A d d e d n e w p u m p m o d e l s 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 6 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 7 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 4, a n d 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 5 p e r S B C F M 5 6
- 2 B 7 3 - 0 0 8 9 , S B C F M 5 6 - 2 C 7 3 - 0 1 2 3 , a n d S B C F M 5 6 - 3 - B 1, - 3 - B 2 , - 3 C - 1 7 3 - 0 1 4 4 .
LIMITATIONS
Added Limitations page.
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Updated Record of Revisions.
HISTORY OF REVISIONS
Updated History of Revisions.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Updated Table of Contents.
73-11-11
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
INTRODUCTION
A d d e d n e w p u m p m o d e l p a r t n u m b e r s t o f i r s t p a r a g r a ph .
DISASSEMBLY
R e v i s e d s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e r e m o v a l , p a r a g r a p h s 2 . A a nd 2 . B .
R e m o v e d p r e v i o u s p a r a g r a p h 2 . G a n d r e n u m b e r e d r e m a in i n g s t e p s a s 2 . G , H , a n d J .
Added note allowing use of equivalent tools unless otherwise indicated.
A d d e d p a c k i n g ( M 2 5 9 9 8 - 1 - 9 0 6 ) t o R e q u i r e d P a r t s R e p la c e m e n t l i s t .
CLEANING
A d d e d n o t e a l l o w i n g u s e o f e q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s un l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
CHECK
Added parts restriction paragraph 1.A.
Added proprietary statement to footer this section.
Added check for scoring on matched set gear teeth.
Revised spring washer check procedure and reference view.
Revised insert breakaway and locking torque values.
R e v i s e d r e f e r e n c e v i e w f o r s h e a r w a t e r c r a c k s i n s p e ct i o n v i e w .
Revised gear housing check view.
R e v i s e d d r y f i l m i n s p e c t i o n f o r r e l i e f v a l v e p i s t o n.
Added paragraph W (10).
Revised Figure 519 to include callout of Area F.
73-11-11
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
REPAIR
A d d e d n o t e a l l o w i n g u s e o f e q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s un l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
Added 15 micron lapping compound to materials list.
R e v i s e d l o c k i n g c o m p o u n d a n d a c t i v a t o r l i s t i n g s , r ev i s e d 2 - p a r t e p o x y l i s t i n g s ,
and added bypass valve repair insert, PFS/PEF port repair plug and preformed
packing in repair materials list.
Revised seal carrier and rotating seal ring repair procedures.
Revised insert replacement procedure for repair of pump cover assembly.
Revised impeller shaft nut and relief valve housing repair procedures.
Revised repair procedure for accelerometer mounting bore.
R e v i s e d i n s e r t r e p a i r t o o l s l i s t i n g a n d i n s e r t r e p la c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e f o r r e p a i r
of gear housing assembly.
R e v i s e d b y p a s s v a l v e s e a t r e p a i r p r o c e d u r e t o i n c l ud e n e w v a l v e s e a t i n s e r t
available from Argo-Tech.
R e v i s e d s e r v i c e b u l l e t i n p l a t e - t o - h o u s i n g b o n d i n g pr o c e d u r e t o i n c o r p o r a t e n e w
2-part epoxy adhesive.
ASSEMBLY
Added note allowing use of equivalent tools unless otherwise indicated.
Replaced LED Plate No. 250 anti-seize compound with Silver Goop thread lubricant
and alternates MIL-L-24131, CP 2101, and Dag 156.
I d e n t i f i e d i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r t o r q u e f i x t u r e , P / N 2 1 65 6 2 , a s h a v i n g n o e q u i v a l e n t .
Revised filter installation procedures for new fuel filter element.
R e v i s e d p r o c e d u r e f o r d e t e r m i n i n g s h i m r e q u i r e m e n t s.
R e v i s e d e x t e n d e d s t o r a g e i n s t r u c t i o n s t o i n c l u d e n ew s t y l e o f p u m p c l o s u r e .
73-11-11
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 3/4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Keep this record in the front of the manual. When you get the revisions, put
t h e r e v i s e d p a g e s i n t h e m a n u a l . W r i t e t h e r e v i s i on n u m b e r , d a t e i s s u e d , d a t e
inserted, and initials on this page.
73-11-11
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Keep this record in the front of the manual. When you get the temporary revi-
s i o n s , p u t t h e t e m p o r a r y r e v i s i o n p a g e i n t h e m a n u al . W r i t e t h e t e m p o r a r y
r e v i s i o n n u m b e r , d a t e i s s u e d , d a t e i n s e r t e d , a n d i ni t i a l s o n t h i s p a g e .
73-11-11
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
HISTORY OF REVISIONS
1 May 31/81
2 Oct 30/81
3 May 31/82
4 Feb 28/83
5 May 31/83
6 Aug 31/83
7 May 31/84
8 Feb 28/85
9 Nov 30/85
10 Aug 31/87
11 Feb 28/91
12 Jul 31/95
13 Nov 1/00
14 Oct 16/09
Keep this record in the front of the manual. When you get the revisions, put
t h e r e v i s e d p a g e s i n t h e m a n u a l . W r i t e t h e r e v i s i on n u m b e r , d a t e i s s u e d , d a t e
inserted, and initials on this page.
73-11-11
HISTORY OF REVISIONS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
T h e f o l l o w i n g i s a l i s t o f S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s , a p p l ic a b l e t o t h i s m a n u a l , i s s u e d
b y A R G O - T E C H . S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s a f f e c t i n g t h i s m a nu a l a r e s h o w n b y t h e d a t e o f
incorporation.
73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 3
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 5
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 6
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
COMPANY ADDRESS
U.S.A.
ARGO-TECH CORPORATION 204 HINDRY AVENUE
INGLEWOOD, CA 90301
Tel: (310) 670-4020
Fax: (310) 670-9633
2355 EUCLID AVENUE
CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117
Tel: (216) 692-6121
Fax: (216) 692-5293
FRANCE
HISPANO-SUIZA ETABLISSEMENT DE REAU
ROND–POINT RENE RAVAUD BP 42
77551 MOISSY-CRAMAYEL, CEDEX
FRANCE
Tel: 33 1 60 59 83 03
Fax: 33 1 60 59 86 30
73-11-11
LIST OF APPROVED REPAIRERS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
73-11-11 73-11-11
TITLE * OCT 16/09 CONTENTS 1 * OCT 16/09
2 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 3 * OCT 16/09
LIMITATIONS * OCT 16/09 4 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11
HIGHLIGHTS 1 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
2 * OCT 16/09 INTRODUCTION 1 * OCT 16/09
3 * OCT 16/09 2 * OCT 16/09
4 Blank 3 * OCT 16/09
4 Blank
73-11-11
RR 1/2 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
DESCRIPTION 1 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 AND OPERATION 2 * OCT 16/09
RTR 1/2 * OCT 16/09 3 * OCT 16/09
4 * OCT 16/09
5 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 6 * OCT 16/09
HR 1/2 * OCT 16/09 7 * OCT 16/09
8 Blank
73-11-11
SBL 1 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
2 * OCT 16/09 TESTING AND 101 * OCT 16/09
3 * OCT 16/09 TROUBLE 102 * OCT 16/09
4 * OCT 16/09 SHOOTING 103 * OCT 16/09
5 * OCT 16/09 104 * OCT 16/09
6 * OCT 16/09 105 * OCT 16/09
106 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 107 * OCT 16/09
LIST OF 1/2 * OCT 16/09 108 * OCT 16/09
APPROVED 109 * OCT 16/09
REPAIRERS 110 * OCT 16/09
111 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 112 * OCT 16/09
LEP 1 * OCT 16/09 113 * OCT 16/09
2 * OCT 16/09 114 * OCT 16/09
3 * OCT 16/09 115 * OCT 16/09
4 * OCT 16/09 116 * OCT 16/09
* T h e a s t e r i s k i n d i c a t e s p a g e s c h a n g e d , a d d e d , o r de l e t e d
73-11-11
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
73-11-11 73-11-11
TESTING AND 117 * OCT 16/09 CHECK (Cont) 516 * OCT 16/09
TROUBLE 118 * OCT 16/09 517 * OCT 16/09
SHOOTING (Cont) 119 * OCT 16/09 518 * OCT 16/09
120 * OCT 16/09 519 * OCT 16/09
121 * OCT 16/09 520 * OCT 16/09
122 * OCT 16/09 521 * OCT 16/09
123 * OCT 16/09 522 * OCT 16/09
124 Blank 523 * OCT 16/09
524 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 525 * OCT 16/09
DISASSEMBLY 301 * OCT 16/09 526 * OCT 16/09
302 * OCT 16/09 527 * OCT 16/09
303 * OCT 16/09 528 * OCT 16/09
304 * OCT 16/09 529 * OCT 16/09
305 * OCT 16/09 530 * OCT 16/09
306 * OCT 16/09 531 * OCT 16/09
307 * OCT 16/09 532 * OCT 16/09
308 * OCT 16/09 533 * OCT 16/09
534 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 535 * OCT 16/09
CLEANING 401 * OCT 16/09 536 * OCT 16/09
402 Blank 537 * OCT 16/09
538 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 539 * OCT 16/09
CHECK 501 * OCT 16/09 540 * OCT 16/09
502 * OCT 16/09
503 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
504 * OCT 16/09 REPAIR 601 * OCT 16/09
505 * OCT 16/09 602 * OCT 16/09
506 * OCT 16/09 603 * OCT 16/09
507 * OCT 16/09 604 * OCT 16/09
508 * OCT 16/09 605 * OCT 16/09
509 * OCT 16/09 606 * OCT 16/09
510 * OCT 16/09 607 * OCT 16/09
511 * OCT 16/09 608 * OCT 16/09
512 * OCT 16/09 609 * OCT 16/09
513 * OCT 16/09 610 * OCT 16/09
514 * OCT 16/09 611 * OCT 16/09
515 * OCT 16/09 612 * OCT 16/09
* T h e a s t e r i s k i n d i c a t e s p a g e s c h a n g e d , a d d e d , o r de l e t e d
73-11-11
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
73-11-11 73-11-11
REPAIR (Cont) 613 * OCT 16/09 ASSEMBLY (Cont) 704 * OCT 16/09
614 * OCT 16/09 705 * OCT 16/09
615 * OCT 16/09 706 * OCT 16/09
616 * OCT 16/09 707 * OCT 16/09
617 * OCT 16/09 708 * OCT 16/09
618 * OCT 16/09 709 * OCT 16/09
619 * OCT 16/09 710 * OCT 16/09
620 * OCT 16/09 711 * OCT 16/09
621 * OCT 16/09 712 * OCT 16/09
622 * OCT 16/09 713 * OCT 16/09
623 * OCT 16/09 714 * OCT 16/09
624 * OCT 16/09 715 * OCT 16/09
625 * OCT 16/09 716 * OCT 16/09
626 * OCT 16/09 717 * OCT 16/09
627 * OCT 16/09 718 * OCT 16/09
628 * OCT 16/09 719 * OCT 16/09
629 * OCT 16/09 720 * OCT 16/09
630 * OCT 16/09 721 * OCT 16/09
631 * OCT 16/09 722 * OCT 16/09
632 * OCT 16/09 723 * OCT 16/09
633 * OCT 16/09 724 * OCT 16/09
634 * OCT 16/09 725 * OCT 16/09
635 * OCT 16/09 726 * OCT 16/09
636 * OCT 16/09 727 * OCT 16/09
637 * OCT 16/09 728 * OCT 16/09
638 * OCT 16/09
639 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
640 * OCT 16/09 FITS AND 801 * OCT 16/09
641 * OCT 16/09 CLEARANCES 802 * OCT 16/09
642 * OCT 16/09 803 * OCT 16/09
643 * OCT 16/09 804 * OCT 16/09
644 * OCT 16/09 805 * OCT 16/09
645 * OCT 16/09 806 * OCT 16/09
646 Blank
73-11-11
73-11-11 SPECIAL TOOLS, 901 * OCT 16/09
ASSEMBLY 701 * OCT 16/09 FIXTURES, AND 902 * OCT 16/09
702 * OCT 16/09 EQUIPMENT
703 * OCT 16/09
* The asterisk indicates p a g e s c h a n g e d , a d d e d , o r de l e t e d
73-11-11
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 3
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
73-11-11 73-11-11
ILLUSTRATED 1001 * OCT 16/09 ILLUSTRATED 1027 * OCT 16/09
PARTS LIST 1002 * OCT 16/09 PARTS LIST 1028 * OCT 16/09
1003 * OCT 16/09 (Cont) 1029 * OCT 16/09
1004 * OCT 16/09 1030 * OCT 16/09
1005 * OCT 16/09 1031 * OCT 16/09
1006 * OCT 16/09 1032 * OCT 16/09
1007 * OCT 16/09 1033 * OCT 16/09
1008 * OCT 16/09 1034 * OCT 16/09
1009 * OCT 16/09 1035 * OCT 16/09
1010 * OCT 16/09 1036 * OCT 16/09
1011 * OCT 16/09 1037 * OCT 16/09
1012 * OCT 16/09 1038 * OCT 16/09
1013 * OCT 16/09 1039 * OCT 16/09
1014 * OCT 16/09 1040 * OCT 16/09
1015 * OCT 16/09 1041 * OCT 16/09
1016 * OCT 16/09 1042 * OCT 16/09
1017 * OCT 16/09 1043 * OCT 16/09
1018 * OCT 16/09 1044 * OCT 16/09
1019 * OCT 16/09 1045 * OCT 16/09
1020 * OCT 16/09 1046 * OCT 16/09
1021 * OCT 16/09 1047 * OCT 16/09
1022 * OCT 16/09 1048 * OCT 16/09
1023 * OCT 16/09 1049 * OCT 16/09
1024 * OCT 16/09 1050 * OCT 16/09
1025 * OCT 16/09 1051 * OCT 16/09
1026 * OCT 16/09 1052 BLANK
* T h e a s t e r i s k i n d i c a t e s p a g e s c h a n g e d , a d d e d , o r de l e t e d
73-11-11
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
I n t r o d u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
M a n u a l U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
U n i t s o f M e a s u r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
M a i n t e n a n c e S e q u e n c e C h a r t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
D e s c r i p t i o n a n d O p e r a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
D e s c r i p t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
P h y s i c a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
L e a d i n g P a r t i c u l a r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L e a d i n g P a r t i c u l a r s ( T a b l e 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
O p e r a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T e s t i n g a n d T r o u b l e S h o o t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
U n p a c k i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
P r e l i m i n a r y I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
T e s t E q u i p m e n t a n d M a t e r i a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
T e s t S e t u p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
P r i m a r y B r e a k - I n T e s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
P r i m a r y B r e a k - I n T e s t ( T a b l e 1 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
S e c o n d a r y B r e a k - I n T e s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
S e c o n d a r y B r e a k - I n T e s t ( T a b l e 1 0 2 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
P r e s s u r e R e l i e f V a l v e S e t t i n g ( T a b l e 1 0 3 ) . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
P r e s s u r e R e l i e f V a l v e S e t t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
F u e l P u m p C a l i b r a t i o n a n d E v a l u a t i o n T e s t . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
F u e l P u m p C a l i b r a t i o n ( T a b l e 1 0 4 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
M a i n F i l t e r I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T r o u b l e S h o o t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T r o u b l e S h o o t i n g ( T a b l e 1 0 5 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
D i s a s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
D i s a s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p I n s t a l l a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
D i s a s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
T o o l i n g ( T a b l e 3 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
R e q u i r e d P a r t s R e p l a c e m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
R e c o m m e n d e d P a r t s R e p l a c e m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
C l e a n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
A p p r o v e d C l e a n i n g A g e n t s ( T a b l e 4 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
C l e a n i n g P r o c e d u r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
73-11-11
CONTENTS
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
SECTION PAGE
C h e c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
D e t a i l e d C h e c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
S e a l C a r r i e r A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
M a i n D r i v e S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
R o t a t i n g S e a l R i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
S p r i n g W a s h e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e G u i d e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
P u m p C o v e r A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
I m p e l l e r / I n d u c e r C l u s t e r ( a s s e m b l e d ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
I n d u c e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
I m p e l l e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
I m p e l l e r S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
I m p e l l e r S h a f t N u t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
I m p e l l e r S h r o u d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
B o o s t S t a g e T h r u s t B e a r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
C o n t r o l D r i v e S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
B e a r i n g P l a t e A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
B o o s t S t a g e D r i v e S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
F i x e d B e a r i n g s ( m a t c h e d s e t ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
M a t c h e d S e t o f G e a r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
D r i v e a n d D r i v e n P r e s s u r i z e d B e a r i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
F u e l F i l t e r C o v e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
W a v e S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
R e l i e f V a l v e P i s t o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
R e l i e f V a l v e H o u s i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e C o v e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e G u i d e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
C o v e r P l a t e ( E F F 7 0 8 6 0 0 P u m p s O n l y ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
G e a r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
R e p a i r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
R e p a i r M a t e r i a l s ( T a b l e 6 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
73-11-11
CONTENTS
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
SECTION PAGE
Repair (Continued)
C o m p o n e n t R e p a i r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
S e a l C a r r i e r A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
R o t a t i n g S e a l R i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e a n d G u i d e . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
P u m p C o v e r A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
I m p e l l e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
I m p e l l e r S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
I m p e l l e r S h a f t N u t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
B e a r i n g P l a t e A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
F i x e d a n d P r e s s u r i z e d B e a r i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
D r i v e a n d D r i v e n G e a r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
F u e l F i l t e r C o v e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
R e l i e f V a l v e P i s t o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
R e l i e f V a l v e H o u s i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
C o v e r P l a t e ( E F F 7 0 8 6 0 0 P u m p s O n l y ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
G e a r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
F u e l F i l t e r C o v e r a n d G e a r H o u s i n g o n O l d S t y l e P u mp s . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
S p e c i a l T o o l s a n d A s s e m b l y M a t e r i a l s ( T a b l e 7 0 1 ) . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
P r e a s s e m b l y P r o c e d u r e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
P r e a s s e m b l y C l e a n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
B e a r i n g F i t t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
S p l i n e a n d T o o t h M e s h M a t c h i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
T h r e a d L u b r i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
A s s e m b l e F u e l P u m p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t C o m p o n e n t s ( T a b l e 7 0 2 ) . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
P r e s s u r i z e d B e a r i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
M a t c h e d S e t o f G e a r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
G e a r H o u s i n g B o r e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
L a r g e D i a m e t e r S p l i n e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
C o n t r o l D r i v e S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
B e a r i n g P l a t e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
B e a r i n g P l a t e A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
I m p e l l e r / I n d u c e r C l u s t e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e a n d G u i d e . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t C o m p o n e n t s ( T a b le 7 0 3 ) . . . . . . . . 720
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
73-11-11
CONTENTS
Page 3
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Assembly (Continued)
A s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p a n d F i l t e r I n s t a l l a t i o n . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
S t o r a g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
F i t s a n d C l e a r a n c e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
F i t s a n d C l e a r a n c e s ( T a b l e 8 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
T o r q u e L i m i t s ( T a b l e 8 0 2 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
S p e c i a l T o o l s , F i x t u r e s , a n d E q u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
S o u r c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
E n v i r o n m e n t a l R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment (Table 901) .................. 901
I l l u s t r a t e d P a r t s L i s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
I n t r o d u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
P u r p o s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
U s a g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
N u m e r i c a l I n d e x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006
I l l u s t r a t e d P a r t s L i s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021
73-11-11
CONTENTS
Page 4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
B. D i s a s s e m b l y , r e p a i r , a n d a s s e m b l y p r o c e d u r e s h a ve b e e n w r i t t e n t o e n a b l e
c o m p o n e n t r e p l a c e m e n t w i t h o u t o v e r h a u l w h e n e v e r p o ss i b l e . W h e n o v e r h a u l
o f t h e f u e l p u m p i s i n d i c a t e d , i t c a n b e a c c o m p l i s he d b y d i s a s s e m b l i n g
t h e u n i t t o t h e e x t e n t i n d i c a t e d i n D I S A S S E M B L Y; c l e a n i n g , c h e c k i n g , a n d
r e p a i r i n g t h e d i s a s s e m b l e d p a r t s ; t h e n a s s e m b l i n g an d t e s t i n g t h e o v e r -
hauled pump.
NOTE: I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m
n u m b e r s w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t po r t i o n o f t h i s
manual, however, all references will be to only the basic item
number unless it is necessary to refer to a suffix in order to
properly identify a specific part.
73-11-11
INTRODUCTION
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
3. U n i t s o f M e a s u r e.
Measurements are given in U.S. Standard Units, with values of the Interna-
t i o n a l S y s t e m o f U n i t s ( S I u n i t s ) i n p a r e n t h e s e s a ft e r o r b e l o w t h e U . S .
u n i t s . C o n v e r s i o n s a n d a b b r e v i a t i o n s a r e i n a c c o r da n c e w i t h A N S I Y 1 . 1 - 1 9 8 9 ,
a n d a r e l i s t e d f o r r e f e r e n c e i n t h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e.
73-11-11
INTRODUCTION
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
PRELIMINARY
INSPECTION USING PASS FOLLOW PASS
TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING
TROUBLE SHOOTING SEQUENCE OF
PARA 3 FIG. 101
FAIL FAIL
DISASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY
(COMPLETE) DISASSEMBLE UNIT TO
LEVEL REQUIRED TO
REPAIR FAILURE(S)
OBSERVED IN FIG. 101
ACCOMPLISH APPLICABLE
PORTIONS OF CLEANING
ACCOMPLISH APPLICABLE
PORTIONS OF CHECK
ACCOMPLISH REFERENCED
PORTIONS OF FITS AND
CLEARANCES
ACCOMPLISH REQUIRED
PORTIONS OF REPAIR
ACCOMPLISH APPLICABLE
PORTIONS OF ASSEMBLY
REFER TO APPLICABLE
FAILURE IN TROUBLE FAIL ACCOMPLISH PASS
ACCOMPLISH STORAGE
SHOOTING, FIG. 101. TESTING SEQUENCE PER ASSEMBLY PARA 5
RESUME FLOW AT THAT OF FIG. 101
STEP
73-11-11
INTRODUCTION
Page 3/4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. D e s c r i p t i o n.
( 1 ) T h e 7 0 4 3 0 0 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 S e r i e s F u e l P u mp s c o n t a i n a c e n -
t r i f u g a l b o o s t s t a g e , a f u e l f i l t e r , a n d a g e a r s t ag e . T h e c e n -
t r i f u g a l s t a g e p r o v i d e s p r e s s u r i z e d f u e l t o m a i n t a in f u e l f l o w
t h r o u g h a n e x t e r n a l f u e l h e a t e r a n d t h r o u g h t h e p u mp f u e l f i l t e r ,
a n d a l s o p r o v i d e s p r e s s u r i z e d f u e l t o t h e g e a r s t a ge . T h e g e a r
s t a g e s u p p l i e s h i g h p r e s s u r e f u e l t o t h e a i r c r a f t en g i n e f u e l
control.
(2) The pump cover provides a mounting surface for the fuel control.
The fuel control is driven by a control drive shaft concentric with
t h e m a i n d r i v e ( i n p u t ) s h a f t . T h e p u m p c o v e r a n d ge a r h o u s i n g c o n -
tain pressure and temperature taps to monitor pump performance.
(4) All drive shafts have shear sections which are designed to break if
t h e t o r q u e r e q u i r e d t o r o t a t e t h e s h a f t e x c e e d s a pr e d e t e r m i n e d
m a x i m u m . T h e s h a f t s a r e a r r a n g e d t o a l l o w f u n c t i o ni n g o f t h e g e a r
stage if the boost stage drive shaft breaks.
( 5 ) A r e l i e f v a l v e l i m i t s t h e d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e of t h e g e a r s t a g e .
T h i s v a l v e i s e x t e r n a l l y a d j u s t a b l e a n d c a n b e r e m ov e d f o r r e p a i r
without major disassembly of the pump.
(6) The gear stage of the pump consists of a drive gear concentric with
t h e m a i n d r i v e s h a f t , a n d a d r i v e n g e a r . T h e s e g e ar s r i d e i n b e a r -
ings fitted to the gear housing.
73-11-11
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
RETURN PORT
FROM FUEL
CONTROL
(NOT SHOWN)
DISCHARGE PORT
TO FUEL CONTROL
(NOT SHOWN)
BOOST STAGE
DISCHARGE
PRESSURE
TAP (PBP) FOR
704300 AND
708300 SERIES
73-11-11
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 8 ) P r e s s u r e t a p s a r e p r o v i d e d a t t h e f o l l o w i n g p oi n t s o n t h e p u m p :
(a) B o o s t s t a g e d i s c h a r g e ( P B P ) f o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 30 0 s e r i e s
pumps.
(b) B o o s t s t a g e d i s c h a r g e ( R E T O U R B P ) f o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s er i e s p u m p s .
T h e p r e s s u r e t a p s a t g e a r a n d b o o s t s t a g e d i s c h a rg e a c c o m m o d a t e a
1/2 inch fitting so that they can be used as supply and return
ports for a fuel-hydraulic actuation system.
( 9 ) A n a c c e l e r o m e t e r m o u n t i n g b o s s i s p r o v i d e d n e xt t o t h e p u m p n a m e -
plate.
B. Leading Particulars.
T h e l e a d i n g p a r t i c u l a r s f o r t h e f u e l p u m p a r e l i st e d i n t a b l e 1 .
General Characteristics
M a i n I n l e t F i l t e r ( D i s p o s a b l e ) . . 2 0 m i c r o n n o m i n a l or 3 8 m i c r o n a b s o l u t e
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 6 5 m i c r o n a b s o l u t e
R o t a t i o n ( V i e w e d f r o m D r i v e E n d ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . C l o c k w i s e
Weight (Dry) (Maximum)
7 0 4 3 0 0 S e r i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 3 6 . 4 l b ( 1 6 , 5 1 k g )
7 0 8 3 0 0 S e r i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 3 7 . 8 l b ( 1 7 , 1 5 k g )
7 0 8 6 0 0 - 1 S e r i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4 0 . 0 l b ( 1 8 , 1 4 k g )
7 0 8 6 0 0 - 2 S e r i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4 2 . 0 l b ( 1 9 , 0 5 k g )
Operating Characteristics
S p e e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2 5 0 r p m
Inlet Pressure ................................... 30 psig (207 kPa gage)
B o o s t S t a g e P r e s s u r e R i s e ( M i n i m u m ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 2 5 p s i d ( 8 6 2 k P a )
Discharge Pressure (Maximum) .................. 1100 psig (7585 kPa gage)
F u e l F l o w ( M a x i m u m ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 g p m / 2 2, 7 0 0 p h r ( 2 2 3 l/ m i n )
Cranking Characteristics
S p e e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2 5 r p m
Inlet Pressure ................................... 30 psig (207 kPa gage)
Discharge Pressure (Maximum) ................... 305 psig (2100 kPa gage)
F u e l F l o w ( M i n i m u m ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 . 1 g p m / 15 7 4 p h r ( 1 5 , 5 l/ m i n )
73-11-11
Page 3
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A. F u e l e n t e r s t h e p u m p i n l e t a t a p r e s s u r e o f a b o ut 3 0 p s i g ( 2 0 7 , 0 k P a
g a g e ) s u p p l i e d b y t h e a i r c r a f t b o o s t e r p u m p . T h e bo o s t s t a g e r a i s e s t h e
f u e l p r e s s u r e 1 2 5 p s i d ( 8 6 2 k P a ) o r m o r e a t 6 2 5 0 r pm . T h e b o o s t s t a g e
o u t p u t f l o w s t h r o u g h t h e e x t e r n a l h e a t e x c h a n g e r a nd t h r o u g h t h e f u e l
filter (non-cleanable).
B. A f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e d i v e r t s b o o s t s t a g e f l o w ar o u n d t h e f i l t e r i f t h e
filter becomes clogged.
C. Boost stage pressure forces heated and filtered fuel through internal
passages in the gear housing and pump cover to the gear stage. A pres-
s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e r e t u r n s a p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r s t ag e d i s c h a r g e f l o w
b a c k t o t h e g e a r s t a g e i n l e t i f g e a r s t a g e d i s c h a r ge p r e s s u r e e x c e e d s a
predetermined maximum.
D. The gear stage discharges through the wash flow filter to the fuel con-
t r o l a n d t o t h e f u e l - h y d r a u l i c a c t u a t i o n s y s t e m . Th e f u e l r e t u r n e d f r o m
the fuel control is ported back to the pump, after the boost stage, re-
f i l t e r e d , a n d r e t u r n e d t h r o u g h t h e g e a r s t a g e t o t he f u e l c o n t r o l .
73-11-11
Page 4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
WASH FLOW
FILTER
GEAR STAGE
DISCHARGE
WASH FLOW PRESSURE
FILTER BYPASS TAP (PHP)
VALVE
DISCHARGE
PRESSURE PORT TO
RELIEF FUEL
VALVE CONTROL
RETURN
GEAR STAGE PORT FROM
FUEL
LUBE FLOW CONTROL
SCREEN ASSSEMBLY
FILTER
BYPASS VALVE
BOOST
AFTER FILTER STAGE
PRESSURE
TAP (PSF)
PUMP
FILTER COVER
BEARING
BEARING
BEFORE FILTER PLATE
PRESSURE TAP BEARING
(PEF)
RETURN PORT INLET
FROM HEAT OUTLET PORT
TO HEAT PORT
EXCHANGER
BOOST STAGE EXCHANGER
DISCHARGE PRESSURE
TAP
73-11-11
Page 5
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
RETURN PORT
FROM IDG
COOLER
73-11-11
Page 6
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTE:
B IS GEAR STAGE INLET AREA.
C IS GEAR STAGE DISCHARGE AREA.
73-11-11
Page 7/8
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
A. T h i s t e s t h a s b e e n d e v e l o p e d b y A R G O - T E C H t o v a li d a t e t h e p e r f o r m a n c e o f
a p u m p d e s i g n e d a n d b u i l t u s i n g g e n u i n e A R G O - T E C H pa r t s . T h e s e p a r t s a r e
designed and manufactured to be used as a unit. Any use of non ARGO-TECH
parts may not allow for accurate testing.
B. This section provides procedures for testing and trouble shooting a fuel
pump that has been returned to the repair facility. Trouble shooting
w i l l d e t e r m i n e t h e e x t e n t o f r e p a i r s r e q u i r e d , i f an y . T e s t i n g w i l l d e -
t e r m i n e t h a t t h e r e p a i r s a c c o m p l i s h e d a r e s a t i s f a c to r y a n d t h a t t h e p u m p
i s r e a d y t o b e r e t u r n e d t o s e r v i c e . S e e T e s t i n g a nd T r o u b l e S h o o t i n g
S e q u e n c e C h a r t , f i g u r e 1 0 1 , t o d e t e r m i n e t h e s e q u e nc e i n w h i c h t h e i n d i -
v i d u a l p o r t i o n s o f t h i s s e c t i o n s h o u l d b e a c c o m p l i sh e d .
B. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 2 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g f o u r n ut s ( 3 0 ) , o n e b o l t ( 3 5 ) ,
a n d f i v e w a s h e r s ( 4 0 ) . R e m o v e p l a s t i c s h e e t i n g ( 2 0) , i f i n s t a l l e d .
C. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 4 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g t w o n u ts ( 5 0 ) a n d w a s h e r s ( 5 5 ) .
D. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 6 0 ) b y r e m o v i n g t w o b o lt s ( 6 5 ) a n d w a s h e r s
(70).
E. F o r t h e 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s r e m o v e t wo p l u g s ( 7 5 ) a n d p a c k -
ings (80). For the 708600 series pumps remove one plug (-75A) and pack-
ing (-80A).
A. Inspect all ports of both gear housing (670) and pump cover (200) for
damage to threads or sealing surfaces.
B. I n s p e c t s t u d s ( 1 9 0 a n d 6 5 0 ) a n d i n s e r t s ( 1 9 5 ) f or a n y a p p a r e n t l o o s e n e s s
or damage.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 101
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
C. V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t m o u n t i n g f l a n g e ( 1 1 0 ) , g e a r h o us i n g ( 6 7 0 ) , a n d p u m p
cover (200) for cracks and other damage.
NOTE: I f f i l t e r c o v e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s o n 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 t h r u –6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 a n d
–2, and 708600-1 and –2 pumps have been removed and replaced with
m o u n t i n g b o l t s u s i n g s e l f a l i g n i n g n u t s , f i l t e r c o ve r a n d g e a r
h o u s i n g m u s t b e r e w o r k e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h R E P A I R, p a r a g r a p h 2 R .
D. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 t h r u – 6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 a n d – 2 , a n d 7 0 8 6 00 - 1 a n d – 2 p u m p s , i n -
s p e c t s i x m a c h i n e b o l t s ( 5 0 0 ) . I f m a c h i n e b o l t s h av e b e e n r e m o v e d a n d
r e p l a c e d w i t h a b o l t / n u t c o n f i g u r a t i o n p e r t h e s e r vi c e b u l l e t i n , t h e
bolt, washer, and self aligning nut must be removed and the filter cover
( 4 9 5 ) a n d g e a r h o u s i n g ( 6 7 0 ) m u s t b e r e w o r k e d i n a cc o r d a n c e w i t h R E P A I R,
paragraph 2R.
E. R e m o v e f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) . R e m o v e f i l t e r e l e m e nt ( 5 1 0 ) f r o m g e a r h o u s -
i n g . I f t h e f i l t e r i s p u n c t u r e d , c o n t a m i n a t e d b y br o n z e p a r t i c l e s , o r
o t h e r w i s e d a m a g e d , d i s a s s e m b l e p u m p i n a c c o r d a n c e wi t h f i g u r e 1 0 1 . I f
the filter is not damaged or contaminated, install new filter element
( 5 1 0 ) o r r e i n s t a l l o l d f i l t e r e l e m e n t , a s s h o p p r a ct i c e d i c t a t e s , a s d e -
scribed in ASSEMBLY, paragraph 3.
NOTE: W h e n t h e p u m p i s r o t a t i n g v e r y s l o w l y o n t h e e n g in e t h e r e m a y b e
audible “clicking” noises heard. The phenomenon is called
“ s l i p / s t i c k ” a n d i s c a u s e d b y t h e f r i c t i o n a n d g e o me t r y o f t h e
pumping gears and the thrust bearing surfaces. In addition this
m e c h a n i s m c a n b e s i g n i f i c a n t l y a f f e c t e d b y t h e a m o un t a n d t y p e o f
f l u i d i n t h e p u m p . T h e s e c l i c k i n g s o u n d s a r e n o r m al .
F. I n s t a l l s p l i n e d r i v e r , 2 1 6 5 6 5 ( o r e q u i v a l e n t ) , ov e r s p l i n e d e n d o f m a i n
d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 5 ) . R o t a t e t h e m a i n d r i v e s h a f t c l o ck w i s e . C h e c k t h a t
t h e s h a f t r o t a t e s w i t h o u t r u b b i n g , b i n d i n g , o r s c r ap i n g . V i s u a l l y v e r -
i f y t h e i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( 2 8 5 ) i s r o t a t i n g w h i l e r o t at i n g m a i n d r i v e
s h a f t . V i e w i m p e l l e r s h a f t t h r o u g h f u e l c o n t r o l d ri v e p i l o t h o l e . I f
main or impeller drive shaft will not rotate, or if it rubs, binds, or
s c r a p e s , r e f e r t o M a i n t e n a n c e S e q u e n c e C h a r t i n I N TR O D U C T I O N . I f p u m p
r o t a t e s w i t h o u t r u b b i n g , s c r a p i n g , o r b i n d i n g , c o n ti n u e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
in accordance with the Testing and Trouble Shooting Sequence Chart, fig-
ure 101.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 102
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
YES
RELIEF VALVE SETTING
TESTING AND TROUBLE FILTER INSPECTION,
SHOOTING PARA 8 YES PARTING TESTING AND TROUBLE
SURFACE SHOOTING PARA 3E
LEAKAGE
PASS NO
NOTE:
YES THE PUMP EVALUATION TEST
PUMP PER- SHOULD BE PREFORMED EVEN
ACCOMPLISH STORAGE FORMANCE NOT IF SHAFT SEAL AND/OR
PROCEDURES, TO SPECIFI- PARTING SEAL LEAKAGE IS
ASSEMBLY PARA 5 CATION EVIDENT, UNLESS THE
LEAKAGE IS SEVERE ENOUGH
YES TO SIGNIFICANTLY ALTER THE
RESULTS OF THE TEST.
RETURN PUMP TO
SERVICE
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 103
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A. T h e t e s t s t a n d u s e d t o t e s t a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t t he f u e l p u m p s h a l l s a t -
i s f y t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f s y s t e m s c h e m a t i c d i a g r a m sh o w n i n f i g u r e 1 0 2 ,
and shall include the following:
NOTE: T h e t e s t s t a n d s h a l l n o t t r a n s m i t , o r g e n e r a t e , an y m e c h a n i c a l
vibration, in any direction, to the fuel pump at a level exceed-
ing 10g or 0.08 in. (2 mm) peak to peak.
(1) A suitable shaft power source (3), capable of driving the fuel pump
i n t h e r e q u i r e d d i r e c t i o n o v e r a c o n t i n u o u s l y v a r i ab l e s p e e d r a n g e
o f 6 0 0 t o 6 5 0 0 r p m . I t s h a l l b e p o s s i b l e t o s e t a nd m a i n t a i n t h e
s h a f t s p e e d w i t h i n a r a n g e o f ± 1 0 r p m o r 0 . 5 % o f i nd i c a t e d r e a d i n g ,
w h i c h e v e r i s g r e a t e r . T h e s h a f t d r i v e s h a l l d e l i v er a m i n i m u m
shaft torque of 65 lb ft (88,1 N·m) at 6250 rpm (77 hp minimum)
( 5 7 4 4 0 w a t t s ) , a n d s h a l l p r o v i d e f u l l l e n g t h e n g a ge m e n t o f t h e
p u m p d r i v e s p l i n e w i t h o u t d a m a g i n g t h e p a c k i n g g r o ov e o n t h e p u m p
d r i v e s h a f t . T h e p o w e r s o u r c e s h a l l h a v e a t a c h o m et e r ( 4 ) t o d e -
t e r m i n e t h e a c t u a l p u m p d r i v e s h a f t s p e e d . T h e t a ch o m e t e r s h a l l
h a v e a s c a l e r a n g e o f 6 0 0 t o 6 5 0 0 r p m w i t h a n a c c u ra c y o f 0 . 5 % o f
indicated reading; the maximum gage division shall be 5 rpm.
( 2 ) A m o u n t i n g f l a n g e a d a p t e r ( 2 ) d e s i g n e d t o d u p li c a t e t h e i n t e r f a c e
of the gear box and pump and provide a seal leakage drain cavity.
(3) A vented reservoir (6) of at least 150 gallon (568 liter) capacity.
( 4 ) A f u e l b o o s t s y s t e m p u m p , v a l v e , r e g u l a t o r , e tc . ( 7 ) c a p a b l e o f
m a i n t a i n i n g a f u e l p r e s s u r e o f 2 9 ± 2 p s i g ( 2 0 0 ± 1 3 ,8 k P a g a g e ) a t
t h e i n l e t o f t h e p u m p a s s e m b l y o v e r a f u e l f l o w r a ng e o f 2 t o
6 0 g p m ( 7 6 8 t o 2 3 , 0 4 0 p h r ) ( 7 , 6 t o 2 2 7 l/ m i n ) a n d a c h i e v i n g a m a x i -
mum of 35 psig (241 kPa gage) at a maximum flow of 60 gpm (23,040
p h r ) ( 2 2 7 l/ m i n ) .
(5) A filter (9) installed in the fuel supply line to the pump capable
of removing all particles to at least the 20 micron absolute (10
micron nominal) level.
( 6 ) A t e m p e r a t u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 0 ) c a p a b l e o f r e a d i ng b e t w e e n 5 0 ° t o
1 2 0 ° F ( 1 0 ° t o 4 8 , 9 ° C ) m e a s u r e d a t p u m p i n l e t w i t h an a c c u r a c y o f
±3°F (±1,7°C).
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 104
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 7 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 1 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e p u mp i n l e t p r e s s u r e t a p ;
with a minimum range of 0 to 40 psig (0 to 276 kPa gage) to be
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 1 % o f i n d i c a t e d r e a d i ng a n d a m a x i m u m
gage division 0.5 psi (3,5 kPa).
( 8 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 2 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e p u mp d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e
tap; with a minimum range of 100 to 1500 psig (690 to 10 343 kPa
g a g e ) t o b e m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0 . 5 % o f i nd i c a t e d r e a d i n g ;
maximum gage division 5 psi (34,5 kPa).
( 1 0 ) A d i s c h a r g e v a l v e ( 1 4 ) w i t h a r a n g e o f 0 t o 15 0 0 p s i ( 0 t o 1 0 3 4 3
k P a ) ; t o c o n t r o l p u m p d i s c h a r g e f l o w b e t w e e n 0 t o 59 g p m ( 0 t o
2 2 , 6 5 6 p h r ) ( 0 t o 2 2 3 l/ m i n ) .
( 1 2 ) A f l o w m e t e r ( 1 6 ) , w i t h i n d i c a t o r , c o n n e c t e d to b y p a s s r e t u r n ; w i t h
a minimum range of 2 to 50 gpm (768 to 19,200 phr) (7,6 to 189
l/ m i n ) t o b e m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 2 % o f i n d ic a t e d r e a d i n g ;
m a x i m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n 0 . 1 g p m ( 3 8 . 4 p h r ) ( 0 , 3 8 l/ m i n ) .
( 1 4 ) A d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 9 ) c o n n e ct e d a c r o s s t h e h e a t
e x c h a n g e r w i t h a m i n i m u m r a n g e o f 0 t o 4 0 p s i d ( 0 to 2 7 6 k P a ) t o b e
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 1 % o f i n d i c a t e d r e a d i ng ; m a x i m u m g a g e
division 1 psi (6,9 kPa).
( 1 5 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 1 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e b oo s t s t a g e d i s c h a r g e ,
P B P p o r t , f o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s , o r R ET O U R B P p o r t ,
for the 708600 series, with a minimum range of 0 to 200 psig (0 to
1 3 8 0 k P a g a g e ) t o b e m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0. 5 % o f i n d i c a t e d
reading; maximum gage division 1 psi (6,9 kPa).
( 1 6 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 2 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e b ef o r e f i l t e r , P E F p o r t ,
w i t h a m i n i m u m r a n g e o f 0 t o 2 0 0 p s i g ( 0 t o 1 3 8 0 k Pa g a g e ) t o b e
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 105
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0 . 5 % o f i n d i c a t e d r e a di n g ; m a x i m u m
gage division 1 psi (6,9 kPa).
( 1 7 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 3 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e a ft e r f i l t e r , P S F p o r t ,
w i t h a m i n i m u m r a n g e o f 0 t o 2 0 0 p s i g ( 0 t o 1 3 8 0 k Pa g a g e ) t o b e
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0 . 5 % o f i n d i c a t e d r e a di n g ; m a x i m u m
gage division 1 psi (6,9 kPa).
(18) Graduate, 0-10 cm3 (24), with an accuracy of ±0.1 cm3 and maximum
gage division of 0.1 cm3.
( 1 9 ) H e a t e r p o r t a d a p t e r ( 2 5 ) , 2 1 6 7 1 8 ( o r e q u i v a l en t ) . T h e t w o p a s s a g e s
s h o u l d b e c o n n e c t e d t h r o u g h v a l v e ( 2 0 ) o r o r i f i c e ad j u s t e d t o g i v e
a pressure drop of 34 ±2 psid (234 ±13,8 kPa) at a through flow of
5 5 g p m ( 2 1 , 1 2 0 p h r ) ( 2 0 8 l/ m i n ) .
( 2 0 ) D i s c h a r g e a d a p t e r ( 2 6 ) , 2 1 6 7 1 9 ( o r e q u i v a l e n t) .
N O T E : E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d f o r i t e m s 2 5 th r o u g h 2 7 .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 106
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTE:
BOOST STAGE DISCHARGE
PRESSURE TAP (RETOUR BP)
FOR 708600 SERIES.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 107
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
B. T h e f o l l o w i n g m a t e r i a l s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r a c c o m p li s h m e n t o f t e s t i n g a n d
trouble shooting.
( 1 ) T h e f o l l o w i n g t e s t f l u i d s m a y b e u s e d : M I L - T - 56 2 4 P G r a d e J P - 4 , M I L -
C-7024D Type II, ASTM-D1655 Jet A, MIL-T-83133D(1) Grade JP-8, or
C A N / C G S B - 3 . 2 2 - 9 3 N A T O F - 4 0 . T h e s p e c i f i c g r a v i t y [r e f e r e n c e d t o
water at 60°F (15.6°C)] of the test fluid shall be measured and re-
corded together with the fluid temperature at which the measurement
was obtained.
A. Coat the main drive shaft splines with grease. Install the fuel pump
i n t o t h e t e s t s t a n d . C o n n e c t a l l l i n e s a n d i n s t r u me n t a t i o n .
B. T h e s e a l c a v i t y d r a i n m u s t b e i n t h e d o w n p o s i t io n i n o r d e r t o d e t e r m i n e
seal leakage rate.
C. P e r f o r m a l l t e s t s a n d m e a s u r e m e n t s a t t h e t e s t si t e p r e v a i l i n g a m b i e n t
c o n d i t i o n s o f t e m p e r a t u r e , r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y , a n d ba r o m e t r i c p r e s s u r e .
D. E n s u r e t h a t t h e r e s e r v o i r c o n t a i n s a n a d e q u a t e su p p l y o f t e s t f l u i d .
F. P r i o r t o s t a r t i n g t h e p u m p , p r i m e i t i n t h e f o l lo w i n g m a n n e r .
( 1 ) L o o s e n t h e p l u g s a n d c o n n e c t i o n s a t t h e f o l l o wi n g l o c a t i o n s :
(b) B o o s t s t a g e - d i s c h a r g e - P B P f o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 30 0 s e r i e s
pumps.
(c) B o o s t s t a g e d i s c h a r g e - R E T O U R B P f o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s er i e s p u m p s .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 108
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(g) P u m p d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t a p - d i s c h a r g e a d a p t e r.
( 2 ) U s i n g f u e l b o o s t s y s t e m ( 7 ) , a p p l y 5 t o 1 0 p s ig ( 3 4 , 5 t o 6 9 k P a
gage) fuel pressure to the pump inlet.
( 3 ) W h e n a i r - f r e e f u e l f l o w s f r o m e a c h l o o s e n e d p lu g o r c o n n e c t i o n ,
t i g h t e n e a c h o n e i n t h e o r d e r l i s t e d i n s t e p ( 1 ) , ab o v e .
G. D o n o t p r i m e r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 , I P L f ig u r e 2 ) u n l e s s i t h a s
been disassembled. If necessary, prime as follows:
(1) Apply 1 to 5 psig (6,9 to 34,5 kPa gage) inlet pressure to the pump
and loosen relief valve nut (565).
(2) Slowly back out relief valve cover (570) until the entrapped air is
bled off and air-free fuel flows from the loosened cover.
(3) Tighten the valve cover to the height shown in figure 103.
( 4 ) T i g h t e n t h e n u t w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e c o v e r i n p o si t i o n . Torque nut to
90 to 110 lb in. (10,2 to 12,4 N·m).
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 109
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CAUTION: BEFORE STARTING THE PUMP, ENSURE THAT FUEL INLET PRESSURE IS SET
A T 2 5 T O 3 5 P S I G ( 1 7 2 T O 2 4 1 k P a G A G E ) . F O R P R I M A RY B R E A K - I N R U N ,
PARAGRAPH 6, ACCELERATE THE PUMP FROM 0 TO 3000 RPM WITHIN 20 TO
30 SECONDS WITH THE PUMP DISCHARGE VALVE WIDE OPEN. ONCE THE PUMP
HAS COMPLETED THE PRIMARY BREAK-IN RUN, IF BEARINGS (425, 430,
460, AND 465, IPL FIGURE 2) OR GEARS (440, 445) OR GEAR HOUSING
( 6 7 0 ) H A V E B E E N R E P L A C E D , S L O W E R A C C E L E R A T I O N S O F 30 T O 6 0 S E C O N D S
MAY BE USED.
Discharge Pressure
Pump Speed Minimum Maximum
(rpm) psig (kPa gage) psig (kPa gage)
Below 1000 50 (345) 350 (2413)
1000-2000 100 (690) 500 (3448)
2000-3000 100 (690) 650 (4482)
3000-4000 100 (690) 800 (5516)
4000-5000 100 (690) 950 (6550)
5000-6500 200 (1380) 1200 (8274)
CAUTION: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DISCHARGE PRESSURE FOR CHECKING THE RELIEF VALVE
AND FOR OTHER SPECIAL TESTS IS 1350 PSIG (9308 kPa GAGE).
FOR ALL PUMP SPEEDS ABOVE 5000 RPM, RESTRICT THE HEATER ADAPTER
O R I F I C E O R V A L V E T O P R O V I D E A P R E S S U R E D R O P O F 3 4 ±2 P S I D ( 2 3 4
± 1 3 , 8 k P a ) A T A T H R O U G H F L O W O F 5 5 G P M ( 2 1 , 1 2 0 p h r ) ( 2 0 8 l/ m i n ) .
A. I n s t a l l t h e f u e l p u m p i n t h e t e s t s t a n d a s s p e c if i e d i n p a r a g r a p h s 5 A
t h r o u g h G , a b o v e . A l l o p e r a t i n g p r e c a u t i o n s d e s c r ib e d i n p a r a g r a p h 5 H
shall be observed.
B. R e m o v e r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2) , a n d r e p l a c e i t w i t h a
slave, or plug, so the relief valve cannot operate. If slave, or plug,
is not available, adjust the relief valve so it is tightly closed. This
a d j u s t m e n t w i l l p r e v e n t t h e r e l i e f v a l v e f r o m o p e n in g .
C. D u r i n g a c c o m p l i s h m e n t o f t h i s t e s t , c h e c k t h e f ue l p u m p f o r a n y s i g n o f
e x t e r n a l l e a k a g e . N o l e a k a g e i s a l l o w e d e x c e p t m a in d r i v e s h a f t s e a l
l e a k a g e a s c o l l e c t e d i n t h e s e a l d r a i n c a v i t y o f t he t e s t s t a n d . I f e x -
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 110
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(a) P l a c e g r a d u a t e ( 2 4 , f i g u r e 1 0 2 ) u n d e r s e a l d r a in c a v i t y t o
collect leakage.
(b) R e c o r d e l a p s e d t i m e s p e n t u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i e d te s t c o n d i t i o n s .
Test data not to be recorded in shaded areas.
(c) Determine the average leakage rate by dividing the total vol-
u m e o f f u e l c o l l e c t e d i n t h e g r a d u a t e , i n c u b i c c e nt i m e t e r s ,
b y t h e e l a p s e d t i m e , i n m i n u t e s , u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i ed t e s t c o n -
ditions.
( 2 ) S e a l d r a i n a v e r a g e l e a k a g e r a t e s h a l l n o t e x c ee d 0 , 3 c m 3 / m i n u t e .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 111
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 112
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
* A t t h e b e g i n n i n g o f e a c h t e s t r u n , s e t i n l e t p r e s s ur e t o 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 k P a
gage) before starting pump. Accelerate pump from 0 to 3000 rpm within 20 to 30 sec-
o n d s w i t h p u m p d i s c h a r g e v a l v e w i d e o p e n , t h e n c o m pl e t e s p e e d - p r e s s u r e s c h e d u l e .
NOTE: Inlet temperature 80° ±20°F (27° ±11,1°C)
I n l e t p r e s s u r e 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a ge )
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 113
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
D. Before starting the pump, use fuel boost system (7, figure 102) to ad-
j u s t t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e a t t h e p u m p i n l e t t o 3 0 ± 5 ps i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a
g a g e ) . A c c e l e r a t e t h e p u m p f r o m 0 t o 3 0 0 0 r p m w i t hi n 2 0 t o 3 0 s e c o n d s
w i t h t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e v a l v e ( 1 4 ) w i d e o p e n . A d j us t t h e d i s c h a r g e
pressure to 200 psig (1380 kPa gage) and run for a minimum of 3 minutes
w h i l e r e c o r d i n g d a t a i n t a b l e 1 0 1 . I n c r e a s e t h e d is c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t o
3 0 0 p s i g ( 2 0 6 9 k P a g a g e ) a n d r u n t h e p u m p f o r 1 m i nu t e m i n i m u m . C o m -
plete the speed-pressure schedule and record where required in table
101. The inlet pressure should be maintained at 30 ±5 psig (207 ±34,5
k P a g a g e ) . F u e l t e m p e r a t u r e a t p u m p i n l e t s h o u l d be 8 0 ° ± 2 0 ° F ( 2 7 °
± 1 1 , 1 ° C ) . I f t h e f i l t e r p r e s s u r e d r o p e x c e e d s 6 p si ( 4 1 k P a ) , t h e f i l -
ter element should be replaced.
A. P e r f o r m t h e t e s t s e t u p a s s p e c i f i e d i n p a r a g r a p hs 5 A t h r o u g h G , a b o v e .
All operating precautions described in paragraph 5H shall be observed.
B. D u r i n g a c c o m p l i s h m e n t o f t h i s t e s t , c h e c k t h e f ue l p u m p f o r a n y s i g n o f
e x t e r n a l l e a k a g e . N o l e a k a g e i s a l l o w e d e x c e p t m a in d r i v e s h a f t s e a l
l e a k a g e a s c o l l e c t e d i n t h e s e a l d r a i n c a v i t y o f t he t e s t s t a n d .
(a) P l a c e g r a d u a t e ( 2 4 , f i g u r e 1 0 2 ) u n d e r s e a l d r a in c a v i t y t o
collect leakage.
(b) R e c o r d e l a p s e d t i m e s p e n t u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i e d te s t c o n d i t i o n s .
(c) Determine the average leakage rate by dividing the total vol-
u m e o f f u e l c o l l e c t e d i n t h e g r a d u a t e , i n c u b i c c e nt i m e t e r s ,
b y t h e e l a p s e d t i m e , i n m i n u t e s , u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i ed t e s t
conditions.
( 2 ) S e a l d r a i n a v e r a g e l e a k a g e r a t e s h a l l n o t e x c ee d 0 , 3 c m 3 / m i n .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 114
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 115
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
*1.0 to 1.5 gpm (384 to 576 phr) (3,8 to 5,7 l/min) less than discharge flow at
6250 rpm, 1000 gear stage delta P.
C. Before starting the pump, use fuel boost system (7, figure 102) to ad-
j u s t t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e a t t h e p u m p i n l e t t o 3 0 ± 5 ps i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a
g a g e ) . A c c e l e r a t e t h e p u m p f r o m 0 t o 3 0 0 0 r p m w i t hi n 3 0 t o 6 0 s e c o n d s
w i t h t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e v a l v e w i d e o p e n . A d j u s t t he d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e
to 200 psig (1380 kPa gage), and run for a minimum of 1 minute, then
gradually increase the discharge pressure at a rate of 350 to 450 psi
(2413 to 3103 kPa) per minute until 700 psig (4827 kPa gage) is
r e a c h e d . R u n a t a d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e o f 7 0 0 p s i g (4 8 2 7 k P a g a g e ) f o r a
minimum of 2 minutes while recording data in table 102. Complete the
s p e e d - p r e s s u r e s c h e d u l e c a l l e d o u t i n t a b l e 1 0 2 . Th e i n l e t p r e s s u r e
s h o u l d b e m a i n t a i n e d a t 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a ga g e ) . F u e l t e m p e r a -
ture at pump inlet should be 80° ±20°F (27° ±11°C). If the filter
p r e s s u r e d r o p e x c e e d s 6 p s i ( 4 1 k P a ) , t h e f i l t e r e le m e n t s h o u l d b e r e -
placed. Performance data shall be recorded at the highest discharge
p r e s s u r e f o r e a c h p u m p s p e e d , a s s h o w n i n t a b l e 1 0 2.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 116
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A. P e r f o r m t h e t e s t s e t u p a s s p e c i f i e d i n p a r a g r a p hs 5 A t h r o u g h G , a b o v e .
All operating precautions described in paragraph 5H shall be observed.
B. Remove the slave, or plug, and reinstall relief valve assembly (-560,
I P L f i g u r e 2 ) . P r i m e t h e r e l i e f v a l v e i n a c c o r d a n ce w i t h p a r a g r a p h 5 G .
C. U s e f u e l b o o s t s y s t e m ( 7 ) t o a d j u s t t h e f u e l p r es s u r e a t t h e p u m p i n l e t
to 30 ±5 psig (207 ±34,5 kPa gage).
CAUTION: D O N O T E X C E E D T H E M A X I M U M A L L O W A B L E P U M P D I S C H A R GE P R E S S U R E O F
1 3 5 0 P S I G ( 9 3 0 8 k P a G A G E ) . D O N O T M A I N T A I N T H I S H IG H - B Y P A S S
CONDITION FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS.
D. Start the pump and accelerate to 6250 ±30 rpm. Slowly close discharge
v a l v e ( 1 4 ) u n t i l r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 , I P L fi g u r e 2 ) c r a c k s a n d
begins to bypass flow. This condition is indicated by a sudden increase
i n i n t e r s t a g e p r e s s u r e , w h i c h c a n b e r e a d a t p r e s s ur e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 2 ) l o -
c a t e d i n t h e p o r t m a r k e d P E F , a n d b y a c o r r e s p o n d i ng d e c r e a s e i n p u m p
d i s c h a r g e f l o w , r e a d a t f l o w m e t e r ( 1 3 ) . R e f e r t o ta b l e 1 0 3 , a n d r e c o r d
r e q u i r e d c r a c k i n g d a t a . C o m p u t e t h e g e a r s t a g e p r es s u r e r i s e b y s u b -
t r a c t i n g t h e p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t e d o n f i l t e r o u t l e t p re s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 3 )
f r o m t h e p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t e d o n p u m p d i s c h a r g e p r e s su r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 2 ) .
I f t h e r e l i e f v a l v e c r a c k i n g p o i n t d o e s n o t o c c u r at a g e a r s t a g e p r e s -
s u r e r i s e o f 1 0 5 0 ± 2 0 p s i d ( 7 2 3 9 ± 1 3 8 k P a ) , t h e r e li e f v a l v e m u s t b e r e -
set as follows:
( 1 ) R e d u c e t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t o 2 0 0 t o 30 0 p s i g ( 1 3 8 0 t o 2 0 6 9
kPa gage).
( 3 ) I f t h e v a l v e a c t u a t i o n i s p r e m a t u r e [ b e l o w 1 0 35 p s i d ( 7 1 3 7 k P a ) ] ,
t i g h t e n r e l i e f v a l v e c o v e r ( 5 7 0 ) ( c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i on ) . I f t h e a c -
t u a t i o n i s d e l a y e d [ a b o v e 1 0 6 5 p s i d ( 7 3 4 4 k P a ) ] , l oo s e n t h e r e l i e f
valve cover (counterclockwise rotation).
NOTE: I f r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y c h a t t e r s , o r i f i t c a n n ot b e a d j u s t e d ,
replace it; retest and adjust if necessary.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 117
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CAUTION: D O N O T A L L O W T H E P U M P D I S C H A R G E F L O W T O F A L L B E L OW 1 4 . 5 g p m
( 5 5 6 8 p h r ) ( 5 4 , 9 l/ m i n ) , A N D D O N O T M A I N T A I N T H I S H I G H - B Y P A S S
CONDITION FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS. DO NOT EXCEED A GEAR STAGE
P R E S S U R E D I F F E R E N T I A L O F 1 1 5 0 P S I D ( 7 9 3 0 k P a ) O R D IS C H A R G E
PRESSURE OF 1350 PSIG (9308 kPa).
F. A f t e r s a t i s f y i n g t h e r e l i e f v a l v e c r a c k p o i n t r eq u i r e m e n t , t h e h i g h -
b y p a s s p r e s s u r e r i s e s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d . D i s c h a r ge v a l v e ( 1 4 , f i g u r e
102) shall be further throttled, reducing the pump discharge flow and
c a u s i n g t h e p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e t o b y p a s s t h e m a jo r i t y o f t h e g e a r
stage flow internally. With a pump inlet pressure of 29 ±2 psig (200
±13,8 kPa gage) and a speed of 6250 ±30 rpm, close the discharge valve
u n t i l t h e d i s c h a r g e f l o w i s 1 5 . 0 ± 0 . 5 g p m ( 5 7 6 0 ± 1 92 p h r ) ( 5 6 , 8
± 1 . 9 l/ m i n ) , a n d r e c o r d t h e r e q u i r e d d a t a i n t a b l e 1 0 3 .
G. The relief valve recovery point shall be checked when discharge valve
( 1 4 ) i s o p e n e d f o l l o w i n g t h e h i g h - b y p a s s t e s t . W i th t h e i n l e t p r e s s u r e
m a i n t a i n e d a t 2 9 ± 2 p s i g ( 2 0 0 ± 1 3 , 8 k P a g a g e ) a n d th e s p e e d a t 6 2 5 0
± 3 0 r p m , o p e n t h e d i s c h a r g e v a l v e u n t i l a g e a r s t a ge p r e s s u r e r i s e o f
1000 ±10 psid (6895 ±69 kPa) is reached, and record the required data in
t a b l e 1 0 3 . C o n t i n u e o p e n i n g t h e d i s c h a r g e v a l v e u nt i l t h e g e a r s t a g e
p r e s s u r e r i s e f a l l s a n o t h e r 5 0 t o 1 0 0 p s i ( 3 4 5 t o 69 0 k P a ) ; t h e n c l o s e
the valve to reach a normal operating point at 1000 ±10 psid (6895
±69 kPa) and record the required data in table 103. The 1000 psid
( 6 8 9 5 k P a ) s e t p o i n t m u s t b e a p p r o a c h e d f r o m t h e i nd i c a t e d d i r e c t i o n
for each data point; any overshoot shall require a momentary return to
the previous set point before rechecking.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 118
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
C. P e r f o r m t h e t e s t s e t u p a s s p e c i f i e d i n p a r a g r a p hs 5 A t h r o u g h G . A l l o p -
erating precautions described in paragraph 5H shall be observed.
D. D u r i n g a c c o m p l i s h m e n t o f t h i s t e s t , c h e c k t h e f ue l p u m p f o r a n y s i g n o f
e x t e r n a l l e a k a g e . N o l e a k a g e i s a l l o w e d e x c e p t m a in d r i v e s h a f t s e a l
l e a k a g e a s c o l l e c t e d i n t h e s e a l d r a i n c a v i t y o f t he t e s t s t a n d .
(1) Determine seal leakage rate as follows:
(a) Place graduate (24) under seal drain cavity to collect
leakage.
(b) R e c o r d e l a p s e d t i m e s p e n t u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i e d te s t c o n d i t i o n s .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 119
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(c) Determine the average leakage rate by dividing the total vol-
u m e o f f u e l c o l l e c t e d i n t h e g r a d u a t e , i n c u b i c c e nt i m e t e r s ,
by the elapsed time in minutes, under the specified test
conditions.
( 2 ) S e a l d r a i n a v e r a g e l e a k a g e r a t e s h a l l n o t e x c ee d 0 , 3 c m 3 / m i n .
NOTE: T h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e t e s t c o n d i t i o n s s h a l l b e r u n wi t h a n i n l e t
p r e s s u r e o f 2 9 ± 2 p s i g ( 2 0 0 ± 1 3 , 8 k P a g a g e ) a n d a fu e l t e m p e r a -
ture of 80° ±20°F (27° ±11,1°C).
(1) Set the pump speed to 625 ±10 rpm and the pump discharge pressure
t o 3 0 5 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 1 0 3 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a g e ) , a n d r e c o r d t he r e q u i r e d d a t a
in table 104.
( 2 ) I n c r e a s e t h e s p e e d t o 4 6 6 0 ± 2 5 r p m , s e t t h e d is c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t o
4 2 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 8 9 6 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a g e ) , a n d r e c o r d t h e re q u i r e d d a t a i n
table 104.
( 3 ) I n c r e a s e t h e s p e e d t o 6 2 5 0 ± 3 0 r p m , s e t t h e d is c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t o
4 2 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 8 9 6 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a g e ) , a n d r e c o r d t h e re q u i r e d d a t a i n
table 104.
(4) Maintaining the speed at 6250 ±30 rpm, set the discharge pressure
t o 1 0 0 0 ± 1 0 p s i g ( 6 8 9 5 ± 6 9 k P a g a g e ) , a n d r e c o r d t he r e q u i r e d d a t a
in table 104.
( 5 ) M a i n t a i n i n g t h e s p e e d a t 6 2 5 0 ± 3 0 r p m , o p e n t he e x t e r n a l b y p a s s
v a l v e a n d s i m u l t a n e o u s l y s e t t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e p r es s u r e t o 8 5 5
± 5 p s i g ( 5 8 9 5 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a g e ) , a n d d i s c h a r g e f l o w to 2 7 . 5 ± 0 . 5 g p m
( 1 0 , 5 6 0 ± 1 9 2 p h r ) ( 1 0 4 ± 1 , 9 l/ m i n ) ; r e c o r d t h e r e q u i r e d d a t a i n
table 104.
F. During the entire test, check the fuel pump for any sign of external
leakage. If seal leakage is observed, maintain the last test condition
f o r a m i n i m u m t i m e o f 5 m i n u t e s w h i l e c o l l e c t i n g t he s e a l d r a i n l e a k a g e
i n a g r a d u a t e . R e f e r t o p a r a g r a p h 9 D ( l ) t o d e t e r m in e s e a l l e a k a g e r a t e ,
and record required data in Table 104.
CAUTION: E N S U R E T H A T P A C K I N G S A R E N O T D A M A G E D D U R I N G I N S P EC T I O N O F T H E M A I N
FILTER.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 120
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 , - 2 , - 3 , - 4 , - 5 , a n d - 6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 an d - 2 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 - 1 a n d
-2 pumps, remove filter cover (495) by removing six bolts (500), with
w a s h e r s ( 5 0 5 ) . F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 8 , - 9 , - 1 0 , - 1 1 , - 1 2 , - 13 , - 1 4 , a n d - 1 5 ,
7 0 8 3 0 0 - 4 , - 5 , a n d - 6 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 - 5 , - 6 , a n d - 7 p u m p s, r e m o v e f i l t e r c o v e r
( - 4 9 5 A ) b y r e m o v i n g f i v e n u t s ( 5 0 3 ) , o n e b o l t ( - 5 0 0B ) , a n d s i x w a s h e r s
(-505B). Remove fuel filter element (510).
B. Inspect filter recess of gear housing (670) and the cover for solid con-
t a m i n a n t s , a l u m i n u m c h i p s , o r b r o n z e b e a r i n g m a t e r ia l . I f b r o n z e b e a r -
i n g m a t e r i a l i s p r e s e n t , o r i f t h e f i l t e r i s p u n c t ur e d o r o t h e r w i s e
damaged, disassemble pump in accordance with figure 101. Discard filter
element.
Table 105, Trouble Shooting, provides a list of the most common troubles en-
countered while testing the fuel pump, followed by a list of the most prob-
able causes and the appropriate remedies. Wherever possible, these causes
a n d r e m e d i e s a r e l i s t e d i n t h e o r d e r o f e a s e o f r e pa i r s o t h a t i t e m s w h i c h
can be checked without disassembly of the pump are listed first whether or
n o t t h e y a r e t h e m o s t l i k e l y c a u s e s . T h i s c h a r t c an n o t l i s t a l l p o s s i b l e
pump malfunctions, and is intended only as a guide to assist service person-
nel in diagnosing the causes of pump malfunctions. After correcting the
t r o u b l e , p e r f o r m t h e r e q u i r e d t e s t s l i s t e d i n f i g u re 1 0 1 .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 121
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 122
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 123/124
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
U n l e s s o v e r h a u l o f t h e f u e l p u m p i s s p e c i f i e d b y a ir c r a f t o r p o w e r p l a n t
maintenance policy, the pump should be disassembled only to the extent re-
quired to repair or replace defective parts.
NOTE: See TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING to establish the condition of the
c o m p o n e n t o r m o s t p r o b a b l e c a u s e o f i t s m a l f u n c t i o n. D e t e r m i n e t h e
i t e m s r e q u i r i n g r e p a i r a n d / o r r e p l a c e m e n t a n d s e e fi g u r e 3 0 1 t o d e -
termine the extent of disassembly required without completely tearing
down and rebuilding the pump.
I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m n u m b e r s
w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t p o r t i o n of t h i s m a n u a l ,
h o w e v e r , a l l r e f e r e n c e s w i l l b e t o o n l y t h e b a s i c it e m n u m b e r u n l e s s
i t i s n e c e s s a r y t o r e f e r t o a s u f f i x i n o r d e r t o p ro p e r l y i d e n t i f y a
specific part.
B. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 2 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g f o u r n ut s ( 3 0 ) , o n e b o l t ( 3 5 ) ,
a n d f i v e w a s h e r s ( 4 0 ) . R e m o v e p l a s t i c s h e e t i n g ( 2 0) , i f i n s t a l l e d .
C. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 4 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g t w o n u ts ( 5 0 ) a n d w a s h e r s ( 5 5 ) .
D. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 6 0 ) b y r e m o v i n g t w o b o lt s ( 6 5 ) a n d w a s h e r s
(70).
E. F o r t h e 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s r e m o v e t wo p l u g s ( 7 5 ) a n d p a c k -
ings (80). For the 708600 series pumps remove plug (-75A) and packing
(-80A).
73-11-11
Page 301
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
DISASSEMBLE IF
DISASSEMBLY NECESSARY
PARAGRAPH NUMBER
3C
73-11-11
Page 302
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
DISASSEMBLE IF NECES-
SARY (230 THRU 305)
3K
H. R e m o v e n a m e p l a t e ( 1 0 7 ) i f d a m a g e d , b y r e m o v i n g fo u r s c r e w s ( 1 0 8 ) .
73-11-11
Page 303
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A. R e m o v e s e a l c a r r i e r a s s e m b l y ( - 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g f ou r b o l t s ( 1 0 ) a n d w a s h -
ers (15). Remove packing (30). Remove shaft seal (35) from seal car-
r i e r a s s e m b l y ( - 5 ) b y p l a c i n g t h e s e a l c a r r i e r a s s em b l y o n s e a l r e m o v a l
support, 216746, so that thrust bearing (20) rests squarely on the sup-
p o r t . U s i n g s h a f t s e a l a s s e m b l y f i x t u r e , 2 1 6 5 6 4 , an d a s u i t a b l e a r b o r
press, carefully press out shaft seal (35). Remove packing (40) from
i t s r e c e s s e d p o s i t i o n i n s e a l c a r r i e r a s s e m b l y ( - 5 ). R e m o v e t h r u s t
b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) , i f r e p l a c e m e n t i s n e c e s s a r y , b y c a r e fu l l y c h i p p i n g o r m a -
chining it out of seal carrier (25). See REPAIR paragraph 2A.
B. R e m o v e m a i n d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 5 ) f r o m d r i v e g e a r , r em o v e p a c k i n g ( 5 0 ) f r o m
drive shaft end, and slide rotating seal ring (55) over spline. Remove
o u t e r s h o u l d e r w a s h e r ( 6 0 ) , s p r i n g w a s h e r ( 6 5 ) , i n ne r s h o u l d e r w a s h e r
( 7 0 ) , s h i m ( 7 5 ) , a n d w a s h e r ( 9 0 ) f r o m s h o u l d e r o f dr i v e g e a r .
C. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 , - 3 , - 5 , - 8 , - 1 0 , a n d – 1 2 p u m p s r e mo v e m o u n t i n g f l a n g e a s -
sembly (-95) by removing eleven screws (100). For 704300-2, -4, -6, -9,
- 1 1 , - 1 3 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s r em o v e m o u n t i n g f l a n g e
assembly (-95A) by removing twelve screws (-100A). If dowel pins (105)
m u s t b e r e p l a c e d , u s e a s u i t a b l e a r b o r p r e s s a n d p lu g t o p r e s s d o w e l
pins from mounting flange (110).
73-11-11
Page 304
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
WARNING: T H E W A S H F L O W F I L T E R B Y P A S S V A L V E R E T A I N E R I S U N DE R S P R I N G
P R E S S U R E . U S E C A R E T O A V O I D I N J U R Y A N D P O S S I B L E D AM A G E O R L O S S O F
PARTS.
E. R e m o v e w a s h f l o w f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e r e t a i n e r ( 11 5 ) f r o m p u m p c o v e r a s -
s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) , a n d r e m o v e p a c k i n g ( 1 2 0 ) . R e m o v e c om p r e s s i o n s p r i n g
(125), valve (130), guide (135), and packing (140) from valve housing.
F. Remove lube flow screen assembly (145) from pump cover assembly (-160).
Remove packings (150 and 155) from screen assembly.
G. R e m o v e p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) f r o m g e a r h o u si n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) b y
removing 12 bolts (165), bracket (167), and washers (170). If thrust
bearing (175) must be replaced, drill out pin (180) and machine thrust
b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 ) o u t o f p u m p c o v e r ( 2 0 0 ) . D o n o t r e m ov e i n s e r t s ( 1 8 5 a n d
195) or studs (190) unless replacement is required.
H. R e m o v e p a c k i n g s ( 2 0 5 , 2 1 0 , 2 1 5 , a n d 2 2 0 ) a n d w a sh f l o w f i l t e r ( 2 2 5 ) f r o m
t h e i n t e r f a c e b e t w e e n p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) a nd g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m -
bly (-640).
CAUTION: W H I L E R E M O V I N G I M P E L L E R / I N D U C E R C L U S T E R , D O N O T AL L O W C O N T R O L
DRIVE SHAFT (370) TO FALL FROM THE CLUSTER.
J. R e m o v e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r ( b o o s t s t a g e ) a nd m o u n t o n t o r q u e f i x -
ture, 216562. Do not disassemble impeller/inducer cluster unless deter-
mined to be necessary by CHECK paragraph 2J.
K. I f i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r d i s a s s e m b l y i s r e q u ir e d , r e m o v e s h i m s ( 2 3 0 ,
2 5 0 , a n d 2 7 0 ) , i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) , a n d i m p e l l e r ( 2 6 5 ) f ro m i m p e l l e r s h a f t
(285) by removing impeller shaft nut (290). Remove control shaft re-
t a i n e r ( 2 9 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g r e t a i n i n g r i n g ( 3 0 0 ) . R e mo v e k e y ( 3 0 5 ) f r o m
impeller shaft (285).
L. Remove impeller shroud (310) by removing screws (315) and washers (320).
R e m o v e s h r o u d s h i m ( 3 2 5 ) a n d p a c k i n g s ( 3 4 0 a n d 3 4 5 ).
CAUTION: TAKE CARE THAT SPRINGS ARE NOT LOST AFTER REMOVAL FROM BEARING
PLATE ASSEMBLY.
M. R e m o v e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 3 5 0 ) , p a c k i n g ( 3 5 5 ) , d o w el p i n ( 3 6 0 ) , t h r e e
s p r i n g s ( 3 6 5 ) , a n d c o n t r o l d r i v e s h a f t ( 3 7 0 ) f r o m be a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y
(-375).
73-11-11
Page 305
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
N. Remove bearing plate assembly (-375) by removing bolts (380) and washers
( 3 8 5 ) . I f b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) m u s t b e r e p l a c e d , d r i l l o ut p i n ( 3 9 5 ) i n b e a r -
i n g ( 3 9 0 ) , a n d m a c h i n e t h e b e a r i n g o u t o f b e a r i n g pl a t e a s s e m b l y . D o
not remove six inserts (400) unless replacement is required.
NOTE: W h e n t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y ( - 3 7 5 ) i s i n s t a l le d i n t o t h e g e a r
housing assembly (-640), one of the two pins (395) used in the
bearing plate assembly is used as an alignment pin to ensure
proper assembly to the gear housing. Some bearing plate assembly
r e p a i r a c t i o n s c a n c a u s e t h e r e p l a c e m e n t o f t h i s p in w i t h a f a b -
ricated replacement pin. See REPAIR paragraph 2H for additional
information.
Q. R e m o v e f i x e d d r i v e b e a r i n g s ( 4 2 5 ) a n d f i x e d d r i ve n b e a r i n g ( 4 3 0 ) a s a
unit, along with dowel pin (415).
NOTE: M a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s m u s t b e k e p t t o g e t he r a s a u n i t ,
along with dowel pin (415).
R. P r i o r t o r e m o v a l o f t h e m a t c h e d s e t o f g e a r s ( - 43 5 ) , m a r k t h e t o p o f o n e
gear tooth and mating root of the other gear tooth to ensure that the
gears are assembled in the same mesh. Remove drive gear (440) and
driven gear (445). Remove packing (450) and backup ring (455) from
drive gear (440).
NOTE: M a t c h e d s e t o f g e a r s m u s t b e k e p t t o g e t h e r a s a un i t .
S. R e m o v e p r e s s u r i z e d d r i v e b e a r i n g ( 4 6 0 ) a n d p r e s su r i z e d d r i v e n b e a r i n g
( 4 6 5 ) a s a u n i t , a l o n g w i t h d o w e l p i n ( 4 7 0 ) . U s e be a r i n g e x t r a c t o r ,
1 0 0 - 4 7 8 5 6 , i f n e e d e d . R e m o v e t w o b a c k u p r i n g s ( 4 8 0) a n d p a c k i n g s ( 4 8 5 )
from pressurized bearings (460 and 465). Remove 22 springs (475).
T. R e m o v e p l u g ( 4 9 0 ) f r o m a c c e l e r o m e t e r m o u n t i n g b os s i n g e a r h o u s i n g a s -
sembly (-640).
U. For 708600 series pumps only, remove plug (492) and packing (493).
V. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 , - 2 , - 3 , - 4 , - 5 , a n d – 6 ; 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 an d - 2 ; 7 0 8 6 0 0 - 1 a n d – 2
p u m p s , r e m o v e f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g s i x b ol t s ( 5 0 0 ) , w i t h w a s h -
ers (505).
73-11-11
Page 306
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
W. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 8 , - 9 , - 1 0 , - 1 1 , - 1 2 , - 1 3 , - 1 4 , a n d -1 5 ; 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 4 a n d – 5 ;
708600-5 and –6 pumps, remove filter cover (-495A) by removing five nuts
(503), one bolt (-500B), and six washers (-505B). If necessary to re-
m o v e f i v e D - h e a d b o l t s ( 5 0 7 ) , r e m o v e r e t a i n i n g r i n gs ( 5 0 6 ) .
X. R e m o v e f u e l f i l t e r e l e m e n t ( 5 1 0 ) a n d p a c k i n g s ( 51 5 a n d 5 2 0 ) . I f n e c e s -
sary to remove wave spring (525), remove retaining ring (530) from fil-
t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) . R e m o v e p l u g ( 5 3 5 ) a n d p a c k i n g ( 5 40 ) .
Y. R e m o v e s a f e t y w i r e s e a l ( 5 5 5 ) . R e m o v e r e l i e f v al v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 ) f r o m
g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) u s i n g a 1 - 7 / 8 i n c h o p en e n d w r e n c h . R e m o v e
p a c k i n g s ( 5 4 5 a n d 5 5 0 ) f r o m t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e g r o o v es o n r e l i e f v a l v e
housing (595). If necessary to disassemble relief valve assembly
( - 5 6 0 ) , l o o s e n r e l i e f v a l v e n u t ( 5 6 5 ) , a n d r e m o v e re l i e f v a l v e c o v e r
( 5 7 0 ) , w a s h e r ( 5 7 5 ) , p a c k i n g ( 5 8 0 ) , s p r i n g ( 5 8 5 ) , an d r e l i e f v a l v e p i s -
ton (590) from relief valve housing (595).
Z. R e m o v e f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e c o v e r ( 6 0 0 ) b y r e m o v in g t h r e e b o l t s ( 6 0 5 ) a n d
washers (610). Remove packing (615) from groove in cover. Remove filter
b y p a s s v a l v e g u i d e ( 6 2 0 ) , s p r i n g ( 6 2 5 ) , f i l t e r b y p as s v a l v e ( 6 3 0 ) , a n d
r e t a i n i n g r i n g ( 6 3 5 ) a s a u n i t a n d s e p a r a t e b y r e m ov i n g t h e r e t a i n i n g
ring.
A A . F o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s r e m o v e c o v e r p l a t e ( 6 3 6) b y r e m o v i n g b o l t s ( 6 3 7 )
a n d w a s h e r s ( 6 3 8 ) . R e m o v e p a c k i n g ( 6 3 9 ) f r o m p a c k in g g r o o v e o f c o v e r
plate.
AB. Do not disassemble gear housing assembly (-640) unless necessary. Remove
d o w e l p i n s ( 6 4 5 ) , s t u d s ( 6 5 0 ) , a n d i n s e r t s ( 6 5 5 , 6 60 , a n d 6 6 5 ) f r o m g e a r
h o u s i n g ( 6 7 0 ) . F o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s o n l y , r e m o ve i n s e r t s ( - 6 5 6 a n d
667).
A C . R e m o v e p l u g ( 6 7 5 ) a n d p a c k i n g ( 6 8 0 ) f r o m g e a r ho u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) .
73-11-11
Page 307
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A. D i s c a r d a n d r e p l a c e a l l p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s a n d ba c k u p r i n g s ( 3 0 , 4 0 , 5 0 ,
1 2 0 , 1 4 0 , 1 5 0 , 1 5 5 , 2 0 5 , 2 1 0 , 2 1 5 , 2 2 0 , 3 4 0 , 3 4 5 , 35 5 , 4 5 0 , 4 5 5 , 4 8 0 ,
4 8 5 , 4 9 3 , 5 1 5 , 5 2 0 , 5 4 0 , 5 4 5 , 5 5 0 , 5 8 0 , 6 1 5 , 6 3 9 , an d 6 8 0 ) .
C. I f R E P A I R p a r a g r a p h 2 Q ( 3 ) h a s b e e n p e r f o r m e d o n t h e p u m p , d is c a r d a n d
r e p l a c e p a c k i n g ( M 2 5 9 9 8 - 1 - 9 0 6 ) i n s t a l l e d o n p l u g ( 21 9 9 5 9 - 4 ) .
A. D i s c a r d a n d r e p l a c e a l l v i t o n w a s h e r s ( 6 0 , 7 0 , an d 9 0 ) .
B. D i s c a r d a n d r e p l a c e s h i m s ( 7 5 , 2 3 0 , 2 5 0 , 2 7 0 , a nd 3 2 5 ) .
73-11-11
Page 308
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
NOTE: E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d u n l e s s o t h e r wi s e i n d i c a t e d .
BRULIN 1990 GD Brulin & Company, Inc.
P.O. Box 270
Indianapolis, IN 46206-0270
2. C l e a n i n g P r o c e d u r e.
WARNING: C L E A N A L L P A R T S I N A W E L L - V E N T I L A T E D A R E A . D O N OT I N H A L E S O L V E N T
F U M E S . A V O I D D I R E C T E Y E C O N T A C T A N D D O N O T A L L O W TH E S O L V E N T T O T O U C H
Y O U R S K I N F O R L O N G P E R I O D S O F T I M E . D I R E C T E Y E C O NT A C T A N D R E P E A T E D
S K I N C O N T A C T C A N C A U S E I R R I T A T I O N . F O R E Y E C O N T A C T, F L U S H W I T H L A R G E
A M O U N T S O F W A T E R F O R 1 5 M I N U T E S . G E T M E D I C A L A T T E NT I O N . F O R S K I N
CONTACT, WASH WITH MILD SOAP AND WATER.
C l e a n a l l m e t a l p a r t s t h o r o u g h l y w i t h c l e a n i n g a g en t s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e 4 0 1 .
Use a soft-bristle brush to remove stubborn dirt. Use clean compressed air
a t 3 0 p s i g ( 2 0 7 k P a g a g e ) m a x i m u m d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u re t o b l o w t h r o u g h a l l
passages. Allow all parts to dry thoroughly before reassembly. Use com-
p r e s s e d a i r t o c h e c k a l l p a s s a g e s t o e n s u r e t h a t t he y a r e n o t o b s t r u c t e d .
WARNING: U S E P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T T O P R E V E N T I N J U R Y T O E Y ES A N D F A C E W H E N U S I N G
COMPRESSED AIR. THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED AIR PRESSURE IS 30 PSIG (207
kPa GAGE). DO NOT POINT AIR STREAM AT YOURSELF OR OTHER PERSONS.
73-11-11
Page 401/402
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
A. This check information is for ARGO-TECH designed and built parts. These
parts are designed and manufactured to be used as a pump unit. Any use
o f n o n A R G O - T E C H p a r t s m a y n o t a l l o w f o r p r o p e r i n sp e c t i o n o f p a r t s .
B. T h i s s e c t i o n c o n t a i n s d e t a i l e d c h e c k i n g p r o c e d u re s f o r t h e c o m p o n e n t
parts of the fuel pump. Consult the illustrations in this section for
c r i t i c a l a r e a s a n d a r e a s o f g r e a t e s t w e a r , t h e n r e fe r t o F I T S A N D
C L E A R A N C E S t o d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t h e p a r t c a n b e r e u s e d , r e p a ir e d , o r r e -
placed.
NOTE: W h e n m e a s u r i n g d i m e n s i o n s b e t w e e n / o v e r b a l l s o r pi n s , e n s u r e t h a t
balls or pins are axially aligned.
NOTE: I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m
n u m b e r s w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t po r t i o n o f t h i s
manual, however, all references will be to only the basic item
number unless it is necessary to refer to a suffix in order to
properly identify a specific part.
NOTE: W h e n p e r f o r m i n g c h e c k s , c h e c k t h e r e t e n t i o n c o n f ig u r a t i o n o f t h e
fuel filter cover (495, IPL figure 2). If the fuel filter cover
is not retained with D-head bolts (507, IPL Figure 2), REPAIR
paragraph 2R must be performed.
C. I t e m s r e q u i r i n g o n l y i n s p e c t i o n i n a c c o r d a n c e w it h p a r a g r a p h 1 B , b e l o w ,
and general repair-in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 1B are not spe-
c i f i c a l l y i n c l u d e d i n t h i s s e c t i o n . O n l y i t e m s r e qu i r i n g s p e c i a l i z e d
inspection procedures are included here.
( 1 ) V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s f o r d a m a ge o r l o o s e n e s s :
b o l t s , n u t s , t h r e a d e d h o l e s , h e l i c a l i n s e r t s , s t u d s, m a c h i n e p l u g s ,
standard washers, retaining rings, and pins.
( 2 ) V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t a l l p a r t s f o r e x c e s s i v e s c o r in g , c r a c k s , b r e a k s ,
c o r r o s i o n , d i s t o r t i o n , a n d o t h e r o b v i o u s s i g n s o f da m a g e .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 501
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 4 ) U s e f l u o r e s c e n t p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t i o n i n a c c o r da n c e w i t h M I L - S T D -
6 8 6 6 T y p e 1 , M e t h o d A t o c h e c k m o u n t i n g l u g s a n d s he a r w a t e r n o s e
a r e a o n f r o n t c o v e r a n d m o u n t i n g l u g s o n g e a r h o u s in g . Y o u m u s t d o
a fluorescent penetrant inspection on mounting lugs and shearwater
nose area on front cover and mounting lugs on gear housing -- it is
mandatory,
( 5 ) A l l f e r r o u s m e t a l c o m p o n e n t s m u s t b e c h e c k e d un d e r a 1 0 - p o w e r
magnifying glass for cracks. Suspected areas must be given a mag-
n e t i c p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n p e r s p e c i f i c a t i o n A S T M - E -1 4 4 4 .
2. Detailed Checks.
A. Check the seal carrier assembly (-5, IPL figure 2). See figure 501.
(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Pay
p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s e a l i n g su r f a c e s Q .
( 2 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n A , s e e f i g u r e 5 0 1 , u s i n g l i mi t s d e s i g n a t e d i n
FITS AND CLEARANCES table 801.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t s u r f a c e B o f t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 2 0 , I P L fi g u r e 2 ) f o r p i t t i n g ,
s c o r i n g , s c r a t c h e s , c r a c k s , o r e x c e s s i v e w e a r o n t hr u s t f a c e . S e e
figure 501. If more than 20 percent of thrust face is damaged or
i f t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g i s w o r n b e l o w m i n i m u m r e q u i r em e n t s , r e m o v e
and replace the thrust bearing. Refer to REPAIR paragraph 2A.
A 32
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 502
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
B. Check the main drive shaft (45, IPL figure 2). See figure 502.
(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 0 9 6 0 i n . ( 2 ,4 3 8 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimension A, figure 502).
1 M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n A w i t h 0 . 0 9 6 0 i n . ( 2 , 4 38 m m ) d i -
ameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n A o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
ing a 0.0960 in. (2,438 mm) diameter ball. Record as B.
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension A, figure 502).
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 503
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 1 9 2 0 i n . ( 4 ,8 7 6 8 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimension B, figure 501).
1 M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n B w i t h 0 . 1 9 2 0 i n . ( 4 , 8 76 8 m m )
diameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n B o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
ing a 0.1920 in. (4,8768 mm) diameter ball. Record as B.
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension B, figure 502).
NOTE: S c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , o r p h o n o g r a p h i c g r o o v e s o n v er -
tical faces (VF) of any of the drive shafts are not
cause for repair or replacement.
C. Check the rotating seal ring (55, IPL figure 2). See figure 503.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t i n v o l u t e s p l i n e C f o r a n y d a m a g e o r w ea r . M e a s u r e s p l i n e
over 0.1600 in. (4,064 mm) diameter pins. Replace the seal ring if
worn beyond the limits of FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.
(4) Inspect dimensions A and B. Replace seal ring if worn beyond the
limits specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 504
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
ENTIRE
SURFACE X.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 505
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 1 ) I n s p e c t s p r i n g f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r d a m a g e ; r e p l ac e d a m a g e d s p r i n g .
( 2 ) T o c o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 0 . 8 1 0 i n . ( 20 , 5 7 m m ) , l o a d m u s t
b e 3 . 0 1 ± 0 . 1 5 p o u n d s ( 1 3 . 3 9 ± 0 , 6 7 N ) . R e p l a c e s p r in g i f l o a d i s
not within specified range.
F. C h e c k w a s h f l o w f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e ( 1 3 0 , I P L f ig u r e 2 ) . See figure
505.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n A . R e p l a c e i f w o r n b e y o n d li m i t s p e c i f i e d i n
FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 506
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
G. Check wash flow filter bypass valve guide (135, IPL figure 2). See fig-
ure 506.
(2) Inspect surface A for scratches and grooves. Replace valve guide
if surface is damaged.
( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n A . R e p l a c e v a l v e g u i d e i f wo r n b e y o n d t h e l i m i t s
specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.
Q
C
32
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 507
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
H. Check pump cover assembly (-160, IPL figure 2). See figure 507.
(2) Inspect impeller and inducer throat areas (TA) for rubbing and/or
contaminant scratching. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 2D, or
replace.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t f a c e a n d I D o f t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 , I PL f i g u r e 2 ) f o r
scoring, nicks, scratches, or burrs which may cause wear of thrust
f a c e . R e p l a c e b e a r i n g i f m o r e t h a n 2 0 p e r c e n t o f dr y f i l m i s r e -
moved from face or ID of bearing. Refer to REPAIR paragraph 2D(4)
for replacement instructions.
CAUTION: B A C K T O R Q U E A N D L O C K I N G T O R Q U E O N I N S E R T S ( 1 8 5 A ND 1 9 5 , I P L
F I G U R E 2 ) M U S T B E C H E C K E D D U R I N G I N S P E C T I O N A N D A F TE R
REPLACEMENT [REPAIR PARAGRAPH 2D(5) AND (7)].
(4) Inspect inlet port and surface G, figure 507, for damaged or
s t r i p p e d i n s e r t s ( 1 8 5 a n d 1 9 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2 ) . C h e ck b a c k t o r q u e o n
inserts (185 and 195). Inserts must have a minimum breakaway
t o r q u e o f 3 . 5 l b i n . ( 0 , 4 N · m ) . E n s u r e i n s e r t s h a ve a l o c k i n g
torque of 30 lb in. (3,4 N·m) maximum.
I f i n s e r t s a r e d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m i n a c c o r d a n ce w i t h R E P A I R
paragraphs 2D(5) and (7).
(5) Inspect studs (190) for looseness or damage to threads. Check for
side to side movement of studs, movement at end of studs shall not
b e g r e a t e r t h a n 0 . 0 6 2 i n . ( 1 , 1 5 7 5 m m ) . T i g h t e n l o os e s t u d s o r r e -
place damaged studs using REPAIR paragraph 2D(6).
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 508
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 509
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTE: D o n o t d i s a s s e m b l e t h e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r un l e s s t h e f o l -
l o w i n g c h e c k i n d i c a t e s t h a t d i s a s s e m b l y , i n a c c o r d an c e w i t h
DISASSEMBLY paragraph 3(K), is required.
(2) Inspect impeller shaft nut (290, IPL figure 2) surface A for
s c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , n i c k s , d a m a g e , c r a c k s , a n d s u r fa c e f i n i s h . F i n -
i s h o f s u r f a c e A n o t t o e x c e e d 6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 1 5 24 m i c r o m e t e r s ) .
If nut requires repair, use REPAIR paragraph 2G. Small chips
around torque slots are acceptable.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t b l a d e s o f i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) f o r c o n t a m i n a nt d a m a g e , s c r a t c h i n g ,
pitting, and erosion. If inducer requires repair, refer to REPAIR
paragraph 1B.
( 5 ) I n s p e c t i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( 2 8 5 ) s u r f a c e s B , D , a nd F f o r s c r a t c h e s ,
pitting, and surface finish. Finish of surfaces B, D, and F shall
n o t e x c e e d 6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 1 5 2 4 m i c r o m e t e r s ) . I n sp e c t I D o f r e -
t a i n i n g r i n g g r o o v e a n d i n t e r n a l s p l i n e E f o r d a m a ge o r e x c e s s i v e
wear. If impeller shaft requires repair, refer to REPAIR paragraph
2F. See area E, figures 508 and 511, and FITS AND CLEARANCES Table
801. Check internal spline wear with either method (a) or (b) as
follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.1440 in. (3,6576 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension E, figure 508).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
a t a n u n w o r n p o r t i o n o f a s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u r e w ea r s t e p s
along the worn portion of the tooth.
(6) After components of the boost stage have been inspected, the entire
assembly can be inspected in the following manner:
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 510
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
6
A
6 VIEW
B G
6
D 6
F
RETAINING RING
GROOVE
SPLINE
VIEW G-G
IMPELLER
SHAFT BETWEEN-PIN DIMENSION
NUT (290)
(285)
INDUCER (245)
VIEW
G
DIAL INDICATOR
NOTE:
(265) INDEX NUMBERS CORRESPOND TO THOSE IN
IPL FIG. 2.
DIAL INDICATOR MUST BE GUIDED
TO TRAVEL IN A LINE PARALLEL TO THE
AXIS OF THE PIECE.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 511
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(b) S u r f a c e A , s q u a r e n e s s t o c e n t e r l i n e , m u s t b e 0 .0 0 1 5
(0,0381 mm) TIR, or less.
(c) Surface C, impeller face runout, must be 0.002 (0,051 mm) TIR,
or less.
NOTE: I f b o o s t s t a g e f a i l s t o m e e t a n y o f t h e s e r e q u i r em e n t s , d i s -
a s s e m b l e a c c o r d i n g t o D I S A S S E M B L Y p a r a g r a p h 3 ( K ) , an d c h e c k
each component.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t b l a d e s ( A , f i g u r e 5 0 9 ) f o r c o n t a m i n a t io n , s c r a t c h i n g ,
p i t t i n g , o r o t h e r d a m a g e . R e p a i r i n a c c o r d a n c e w i th R E P A I R p a r a -
graph 1B, or replace.
Inducer Checks
Figure 509
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 512
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Impeller Checks
Figure 510
( 2 ) I n s p e c t i m p e l l e r a r e a R , f i g u r e 5 1 0 , f o r c o n t am i n a t e s c o r i n g a n d
d a m a g e d u e t o r u b b i n g o r c a v i t a t i o n . R e p a i r a c c o r di n g t o R E P A I R
paragraphs 1B and 2E, or replace.
M. C h e c k i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( 2 8 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2 ) . S e e f ig u r e 5 1 1 .
(2) Inspect surfaces A, B, and C, figure 511, for pits, scratches, and
surface finish. Finish of surfaces marked A, B, and C not to exceed
6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 1 5 2 4 m i c r o m e t e r s ) . R e p a i r a c c o r d i ng t o R E P A I R
paragraph 2F, or replace.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 513
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(3) Inspect the interior spline E, figure 511, for damage and wear.
Replace impeller shaft if worn beyond the limits of FITS AND
CLEARANCES table 801. Check internal spline wear with either
method (a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.1440 in. (3,6576 mm) di-
mension pins (dimension E, figure 511).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
at an unworn portion of the spline tooth. Measure wear steps
along the worn portion of the tooth.
( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s A , B , a n d C , f i g u r e 5 1 1 . Re p l a c e i m p e l l e r s h a f t
i f w o r n b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C L E A R A NC E S T a b l e 8 0 1 .
( 5 ) I n s p e c t f o r d a m a g e d o r s t r i p p e d t h r e a d s . R e p a ir u s i n g R E P A I R
paragraph 2F, or replace.
( 6 ) W h e n i n s p e c t i n g i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( - 2 8 5 A a n d - 2 8 5B ) , c h e c k d r y f i l m o n
t h r e a d s . I f d r y f i l m i s w o r n t h r o u g h , r e p a i r i n a c co r d a n c e w i t h
REPAIR paragraph 2F(3).
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 514
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A B
6
6
E
BETWEEN-PIN DIMENSIONS
NOTE:
DIAL INDICATOR DIAL INDICATOR MUST BE GUIDED TO
TRAVEL IN A LINE PARALLEL TO THE
AXIS OF THE PIECE.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 515
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 2 ) I n s p e c t s u r f a c e m a r k e d A , f i g u r e 5 1 2 , f o r s c r at c h e s , p i t t i n g ,
c o n t a m i n a n t d a m a g e , e r o s i o n , w e a r , a n d s u r f a c e f i n is h . F i n i s h o f
s u r f a c e A m u s t n o t e x c e e d 6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 1 5 2 4 m i cr o m e t e r s ) . R e -
pair as specified in REPAIR paragraph 2G, or replace if defective.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n B . R e p l a c e i m p e l l e r s h a f t nu t i f w o r n b e y o n d t h e
limit specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES table 801.
B
0.0002 (0,0051) A
-A-
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 516
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
P. Check impeller shroud (310, IPL figure 2). See figure 513.
NOTE: P a r a g r a p h 2 P ( 2 ) i s f o r m a i n f u e l p u m p m o d e l s e r i es 7 0 4 3 0 0
only.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t s u r f a c e X , f i g u r e 5 1 3 , f o r f l a k e d o r wo r n x y l o n c o a t i n g a n d
for scratches more than.0.002 inch (0,051 mm) deep. If damaged area
is more than 5 percent of total xylon surface area, replace the
shroud.
NOTE: Paragraph 2P(3) is for main fuel gear pump model series
708300 and 708600 only.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t i m p e l l e r s h r o u d a r e a X f o r r u b b i n g a n d/ o r c o n t a m i n a n t
scratching. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace.
( 4 ) I n s p e c t a r e a C , f i g u r e 5 1 3 , f o r c a v i t a t i o n p i ts . R e p l a c e i m p e l l e r
shroud if pitting is more than 0.050 inch (1,27 mm) deep and covers
more than 5% of area.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 517
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 2 ) I n s p e c t a r e a A , f i g u r e 5 1 4 , f o r s c r a t c h e s , w e ar , a n d r e m o v a l o f d r y
f i l m c o a t i n g . I f 2 0 p e r c e n t o f t h e d r y f i l m h a s b ee n r e m o v e d , r e -
place the thrust bearing.
(3) Inspect dimension B, figure 514, using limits described in FITS AND
CLEARANCES Table 801. Some elliptical wear on this diameter, as
described in FITS AND CLEARANCES, is acceptable.
( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s C a n d D . R e p l a c e t h r u s t b ea r i n g i f w o r n b e y o n d
l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C L E A R A N C E S, T a b l e 8 0 1 .
( 1 ) I n s p e c t f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r o t h e r d a m a g e ; r e p l a ce d e f e c t i v e s p r i n g .
( 2 ) A p p l y a n a x i a l l o a d o f 4 . 1 9 p o u n d s ( 1 8 , 6 4 N ) to s p r i n g . L o a d e d
height must be 0.214 to 0.192 in. (5,44-4,88 mm). Replace spring
if height is not within dimensions specified.
D B
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 518
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
S. Check control drive shaft (370, IPL figure 2). See figure 515.
(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 0 6 0 0 i n . ( 1 ,5 2 4 0 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimensions A and B).
DETAIL C DETAIL D
E G
F
DETAIL C DETAIL D
Control Drive Shaft Checks
Figure 515
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 519
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 3 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s E , F , a n d G . R e p l a c e c o n t ro l d r i v e s h a f t i f
w o r n b e y o n d t h e l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C L E A R AN C E S , t a b l e 8 0 1 .
NOTE: S c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , o r p h o n o g r a p h i c g r o o v e s o n v er t i c a l
f a c e s ( V F , f i g u r e 5 1 5 ) o f a n y o f t h e d r i v e s h a f t s ar e n o t
cause for repair or replacement.
(2) Inspect surface –H- for nicks, scratches, and wear. Minimum
d i m e n s i o n A m u s t b e m e t a s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C LE A R A N C E S T a b l e
801. Measure A from the point on surface –H- that exhibits the
most severe wear or deepest damage to the point on surface -L- that
e x h i b i t s t h e m o s t s e v e r e w e a r o r d e e p e s t d a m a g e . S ur f a c e – H - m u s t
b e p a r a l l e l t o s u r f a c e – L - a n d f l a t w i t h i n l i m i t s sh o w n i n f i g u r e
516. Repair minor damage in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 1B
and/or 2H, or replace.
( 3 ) V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) f o r d r y f i l m r em o v a l . I f m o r e t h a n
t w e n t y p e r c e n t o f d r y f i l m h a s b e e n r e m o v e d , r e p l a ce b e a r i n g a c -
cording to REPAIR paragraph 2H.
( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n B . I f d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o nd l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n
FITS AND CLEARANCES table 801, replace bearing in accordance with
REPAIR paragraph 2H(10).
( 5 ) I n s p e c t i n s e r t s ( 4 0 0 ) f o r d a m a g e . R e p l a c e d a ma g e d i n s e r t s a s
specified in REPAIR paragraph 2H(9).
( 6 ) I n s p e c t p i n ( 3 9 5 ) f o r d a m a g e o r l o o s e n e s s . R ep l a c e d a m a g e d o r
loose pin as specified in REPAIR paragraph 2H(10).
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 520
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
SURFACE -L -
(390)
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 521
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
B
C
VF VF
A
B or C
DIAL INDICATOR
NOTE:
OVER-PIN AND BETWEEN-PIN DIMENSIONS DIAL INDICATOR MUST BE GUIDED TO
TRAVEL IN A LINE PARALLEL TO THE
AXIS OF THE PIECE.
U. C h e c k b o o s t s t a g e d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 1 0 , - 4 1 0 A I P L f ig u r e 2 ) . See figures
517 and 517A.
NOTE: Figure 517 represents 410, IPL figure 2. Figure 517A represents
-410A, IPL figure 2.
(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair
minor damage in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 522
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
B
C
VF
VF
A
B or C
DIAL INDICATOR
NOTE:
OVER-PIN AND BETWEEN-PIN DIMENSIONS DIAL INDICATOR MUST BE GUIDED TO
TRAVEL IN A LINE PARALLEL TO THE
AXIS OF THE PIECE.
(2) Inspect internal spline A for damage or wear. Replace both gears
a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f s p l i n e i s d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o nd l i m i t s s p e c i -
fied in table 801. Check internal spline wear with either method
(a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.0540 in. (1,3716 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension A).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
at an unworn portion of the spline tooth. Measure wear steps
along the worn portion of the tooth.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 523
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 2 4 0 0 i n . ( 6 ,0 9 6 0 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimension B).
1 M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n B w i t h 0 . 2 4 0 0 i n . ( 6 , 0 96 0 m m )
diameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n B o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
ing a 0.2400 in. (6,0960 mm) diameter ball. Record as B.
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension B).
(4) Inspect involute spline C for damage or wear. Replace shaft if
s p l i n e i s d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d in t a b l e 8 0 1 .
Check drive gear spline wear with either method (a) or (b) as
follows:
(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 1 6 0 0 i n . ( 4 ,0 6 4 0 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimension C).
1 M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n C w i t h 0 . 1 6 0 0 i n . ( 4 , 0 64 0 m m )
diameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n C o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
ing a 0.1600 in. (4,0640 mm) diameter ball. Record as B.
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension C).
NOTE: S c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , o r p h o n o g r a p h i c g r o o v e s o n v er -
t i c a l f a c e s ( V F , f i g u r e s 5 1 7 a n d 5 1 7 A ) o f a n y o f t he
drive shafts are not cause for repair or replace-
ment.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 524
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A
GROOVES
FACE
PITS
LOADED
AREAS
A
SECTION A-A
FLAT
V. C h e c k m a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s ( - 4 2 0 , I P L fi g u r e 2 ) . S e e f i g u r e
518.
(1) Check bearing flats for scratches, nicks, and dents. Repair using
REPAIR paragraph 2J, or replace bearing set.
(2) Inspect bearing faces and flats for galling or scoring. Replace
b e a r i n g s e t i f e i t h e r b e a r i n g i s d e f e c t i v e o r i f m or e t h a n t h i r t y
percent of dry film is removed.
( 3 ) R e p l a c e m a t c h e d s e t o f b e a r i n g s i f m o r e t h a n tw e n t y p e r c e n t o f d r y
film in bore is removed. Inspect for scoring and/or wear in bearing
bores (B, figure 518) as follows:
(a) Measure ID from loaded area to opposite side of bore and re-
cord dimension.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 525
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 526
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(5) Inspect drive gear (440) internal spline C for damage or wear.
R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f s p l i n e i s d am a g e d o r w o r n
b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e 8 0 1 . C h e c k i n t e r na l s p l i n e w e a r
with either method (a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.1440 in. (3,6576 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension C, figure 519).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
a t a n u n w o r n p o r t i o n o f a s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u r e w ea r s t e p s
along the worn portion of the tooth.
(6) Inspect drive gear (440) internal spline D for damage or wear.
R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f s p l i n e i s d am a g e d o r w o r n
b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e 8 0 1 . C h e c k i n t e r na l s p l i n e w e a r
with either method (a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.1728 in. (4,3891 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension D, figure 519).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
a t a n u n k n o w n p o r t i o n o f a s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u r e we a r s t e p s
along the worn portion of the tooth.
(7) Inspect drive gear (440) internal spline E for damage or wear.
R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f s p l i n e i s d am a g e d o r w o r n
b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e 8 0 1 . C h e c k i n t e r na l s p l i n e w e a r
with either method (a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.2160 in. (5,4864 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension E, figure 519).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
a t a n u n w o r n p o r t i o n o f a s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u r e w ea r s t e p s
along the worn portion of the tooth.
(8) Replace both gears if spalled or galled.
( 9 ) R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s i f j o u r n a l b e a r i n g i s d i s c ol o r e d f r o m
overheating.
( 1 0 ) F o r m a t c h e d s e t o f g e a r s 2 1 9 9 5 8 - 1 ( - 4 3 5 B ) o n ly , i n s p e c t d r i v e n g e a r
(-445B) for the presence of the counterbore in area F. If the
driven gear does not have the counterbore, replace the matched set
of gears.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 527
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 528
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 529
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A
GROOVES
FACE
PITS
LOADED
AREA
SECTION A-A A
NOTE: DRIVE BEARING
EXPOSED BRONZE FLAT
IN LOADED AREA
SHALL NOT HAVE A FLAT
WIDTH GREATER
THAN 0.250 INCH A
(6,35 mm).
LOADED
AREA
H
B
PITS
FACE
GROOVES
SECTION A-A A
DRIVEN BEARING
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 530
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
X. Check drive and driven pressurized bearings (460 and 465, IPL figure 2).
See figure 520.
(1) Check bearing flats for scratches, nicks, and dents. Repair using
REPAIR paragraph 2J, or replace.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t b e a r i n g f a c e s a n d f l a t s f o r g a l l i n g , or s c o r i n g . R e p l a c e
b e a r i n g i f i t i s d e f e c t i v e o r i f m o r e t h a n 3 0 p e r c e n t o f dr y f i l m
is removed.
(3) Replace bearing if more than 20 percent of dry film in bore is
r e m o v e d . I n s p e c t f o r s c o r i n g a n d / o r w e a r i n b e a r i ng b o r e s B , a s
follows:
(a) Measure ID from loaded area to opposite side of bore and re-
cord dimension.
( 5 ) I n s p e c t h o l e ( H , f i g u r e 5 2 0 ) f o r d i r t , a n d e n su r e t h a t i t i s f r e e
from blockage. Clean using procedures specified in CLEANING. In-
s p e c t t h e s u r r o u n d i n g a r e a f o r c a v i t a t i o n a n d e r o s io n . R e p l a c e
b e a r i n g s i f h o l e e x c e e d s l i m i t s o f F I T S A N D C L E A R A NC E S T a b l e 8 0 1 .
( 6 ) I n s p e c t 1 1 s p r i n g h o l e s i n b a c k o f e a c h b e a r i ng t o e n s u r e t h a t t h e y
are clean and free of burrs. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B.
( 1 ) E x a m i n e s p r i n g f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r d a m a g e ; r e p l ac e s p r i n g i f
damaged.
( 2 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 0 . 2 8 5 i n c h ( 7 , 23 9 m m ) ; l o a d m u s t b e
1 0 ± 0 . 5 l b ( 4 4 , 5 ± 2 , 2 N ) . C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i gh t o f 0 . 3 1 6 i n c h
(8,026 mm); load must be 6 ±0.3 lb (26,7 ±1.34 N). Replace spring
if defective.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 531
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTE: W h e n c h e c k i n g t h e f u e l f i l t e r c o v e r , c h e c k t h e r et e n t i o n c o n f i g u -
r a t i o n . I f t h e f u e l f i l t e r c o v e r i s n o t r e t a i n e d wi t h D - h e a d
bolts (507, IPL figure 2), REPAIR paragraph 2R must be performed.
Inserts are no longer an acceptable configuration.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t f u e l f i l t e r c o v e r f o r s t r i p p e d o r d a m ag e d t h r e a d s . R e p a i r
using REPAIR paragraph 2L.
( 1 ) I n s p e c t w a v e s p r i n g f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r o t h e r d am a g e ; r e p l a c e d e f e c -
tive spring.
(2) Compress spring to an overall height of 0.025 in. (0,635 mm) and
a l l o w i t t o r e t u r n t o i t s f r e e h e i g h t ( A , f i g u r e 5 24 )
(approximate).
( 3 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 0 . 0 5 2 i n . ( 1 , 3 21 m m ) ; s p r i n g l o a d
s h a l l b e 1 9 - 2 3 l b ( 8 5 - 1 0 2 N ) . R e p l a c e d e f e c t i v e s pr i n g .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 532
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 1 ) I n s p e c t f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r o t h e r d a m a g e ; r e p l a ce d e f e c t i v e s p r i n g .
( 2 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 2 . 4 8 5 i n . ( 6 3 , 11 9 m m ) ; s p r i n g l o a d
shall be 154 ±7.7 pounds (685 ±34,2 N).
( 3 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g f r o m i t s f r e e h e i g h t t o a h e i gh t o f 2 . 6 1 0 i n .
( 6 6 , 2 9 4 m m ) , t h e n c o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 2 .2 5 0 i n .
(57,150 mm). The spring rate per inch shall be 245 ±10 pounds
(1090 ±44 N).
AC. Check relief valve piston (590, IPL figure 2). See figure 522.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t d r y f i l m c o a t i n g o n o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r of p i s t o n . I f d r y f i l m
is worn through on the outside diameter, repair in accordance with
REPAIR paragraph 2M(2).
DRY FILM
64
0.002 (0,051)
NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
DETAIL C
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 533
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 4 ) S u r f a c e B m u s t b e s m o o t h t o 6 4 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 1 ,6 2 5 6 m i c r o m e t e r s ) i n
all areas except surface C. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 2M, or
replace.
( 5 ) S o m e c o i n i n g m a y b e p r e s e n t a t a r e a C , s e a t c on t a c t s u r f a c e . R e p a i r
using REPAIR paragraph 2M, or replace.
AD. Check relief valve housing (595, IPL figure 2). See figure 523.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t p i s t o n b o r e ( A , f i g u r e 5 2 3 ) f o r w e a r or d a m a g e . S e e F I T S
AND CLEARANCES Table 801. Bore surface must be smooth within 20
m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 5 0 8 m i c r o m e t e r s ) . R e p a i r u s i n g R E P AI R p a r a g r a p h 1 B
or 2N.
(3) Inspect the piston seat area (SA, figure. 523) for damage. Some
coining at E is allowed. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B or 2N.
( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s B a n d C u s i n g l i m i t s s p e c i fi e d i n F I T S A N D
CLEARANCES table 801.
SA
DETAIL D
A
DETAIL D
Relief Valve Housing Checks
Figure 523
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 534
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A E . C h e c k f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e c o v e r ( 6 0 0 , I P L f i g u re 2 ) . See figure
524.
(2) Surface marked -C- must be flat within limits shown in figure 524.
Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B or replace.
( 3 ) M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n A , f i g u r e 5 2 4 u s i n g l i m i t s sp e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D
CLEARANCES table 801.
0.002 (0,051)
-C-
A
NOTE:
63 DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH
B MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 535
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 2 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s A a n d B , f i g u r e 5 2 4 . S e e F IT S A N D C L E A R A N C E S
Table 801.
( 1 ) I n s p e c t f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r o t h e r d a m a g e ; r e p l a ce d e f e c t i v e s p r i n g .
( 2 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 0 . 9 9 8 i n c h ( 2 5 ,3 4 9 m m ) . S p r i n g l o a d
s h a l l b e 1 7 . 5 ± 0 . 8 p o u n d s ( 7 7 , 8 ± 3 , 6 N ) . R e p l a c e de f e c t i v e s p r i n g .
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 536
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
AH. Check filter bypass valve (630, IPL figure 2). See figure 526.
( 2 ) M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n A , f i g u r e 5 2 6 . R e p l a c e f i l te r b y - p a s s v a l v e i f
worn beyond limits specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t c o v e r p l a t e f o r s t r i p p e d o r d a m a g e d t hr e a d s . Repair using
REPAIR paragraph 2P.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 537
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A K . C h e c k g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2) .
( 1 ) I n s p e c t g e a r h o u s i n g i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h p a r a g ra p h 1 B , a b o v e . R e p a i r
using REPAIR paragraph 1B and/or paragraph 2Q, or replace.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t f o r s c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , n i c k s , a n d b u rr s a r o u n d p o r t s a n d
mating surfaces. Repair as indicated in REPAIR paragraph 1B.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e s e a t f o r s c r a t c h e s, n i c k s , b u r r s , a n d
uneven wear. Repair as indicated in REPAIR paragraph 2Q(8).
( 4 ) I n s p e c t g e a r p o c k e t s f o r w e a r . R e p l a c e g e a r ho u s i n g a s s e m b l y i f
defective. Remove raised edges from gear pocket as described in
REPAIR paragraph 1B.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 538
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 5 ) I n s p e c t g e a r p o c k e t s f o r e r o s i o n . R e p l a c e g e ar h o u s i n g i f e r o d e d
areas are larger than 1/4 in. (6,350 mm) square and 0.100 in.
(2,540 mm) deep.
(6) Inspect gear pocket gear wipe area B in figure 527. Replace gear
h o u s i n g i f g e a r w i p e e x c e e d s l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n t ab l e 8 0 1 .
( 7 ) I n s p e c t b o t h o f t h e p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g c o u n t er b o r e s C . I f t h e
c o u n t e r b o r e s e x c e e d m a x i m u m d i a m e t e r s p e c i f i e d i n ta b l e 8 0 1 , t h e
bore must be machined. See REPAIR paragraph 2Q(10).
( 8 ) I n s p e c t r e l i e f v a l v e b o r e s u r f a c e D a n d s u r f a ce E f o r s p a l l i n g ,
g a l l i n g , f r e t t i n g , o r s c o r i n g . R e f e r t o f i g u r e 5 2 8. R e p l a c e g e a r
h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y i f d a m a g e d . I n s p e c t t h r e a d e d s u r fa c e s a n d i n s i d e
o f b o r e f o r s c r a t c h e s a n d n i c k s . R e p a i r m i n o r s c r at c h e s a n d n i c k s
inside relief valve bore using REPAIR paragraph 1B. Repair
threaded surfaces using REPAIR paragraph 2Q(1), or replace.
E
E
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 539
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 9 ) M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n D . R e p l a c e g e a r h o u s i n g a s se m b l y i f w o r n b e y o n d
limits specified in table 801.
( 1 0 ) I n s p e c t g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y f o r l o o s e o r d am a g e d a l i g n m e n t p i n s
(645). Replace pins using REPAIR paragraph 2Q(4).
NOTE: I f d u r i n g p r e l i m i n a r y i n s p e c t i o n i t w a s n o t e d t h at t h e f i l -
ter cover mounting bolts were removed and replaced with
m o u n t i n g b o l t s u s i n g s e l f a l i g n i n g n u t s a n d w a s h e r s, f u e l
p u m p h o u s i n g m u s t b e r e w o r k e d p e r R E P A I R, p a r a g r a p h 2 R .
( 1 1 ) F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 t h r u - 6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 a n d - 2 , a n d 7 08 6 0 0 - 1 a n d - 2 p u m p s ,
i f t h e h e l i c a l i n s e r t s ( 6 5 5 ) f o r t h e f i l t e r c o v e r mo u n t i n g b o l t s
h a v e b e e n r e m o v e d p e r t h e s e r v i c e b u l l e t i n , t h e f i lt e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 )
a n d g e a r h o u s i n g ( 6 7 0 ) m u s t b e r e w o r k e d i n a c c o r d a nc e w i t h R E P A I R ,
paragraph 2R.
CAUTION: B A C K T O R Q U E A N D L O C K I N G T O R Q U E O N I N S E R T S ( 6 5 5 , -6 5 6 , 6 6 0 ,
665, AND 667) MUST BE CHECKED DURING INSPECTION AND AFTER
R E P L A C E M E N T . R E P L A C E U S I N G R E P A I R P A R A G R A P H 2 Q O R 2R A S
APPLICABLE.
(12) Inspect for loose or damaged helical inserts (655, 660, and 665).
For 708600 series inspect inserts (655, -656, 660, 665, and 667).
( 1 3 ) C h e c k b a c k t o r q u e a n d l o c k i n g t o r q u e o n i n s e rt s ( 6 5 5 , - 6 5 6 , a n d
6 6 0 ) . I n s e r t s ( 6 5 5 a n d - 6 5 6 ) m u s t h a v e a m i n i m u m ba c k t o r q u e o f
3.5 lb in. (0,4 N·m) and a locking torque of 30 lb in. (3,4 N·m)
m a x i m u m . I n s e r t s ( 6 6 0 ) m u s t h a v e a m i n i m u m b a c k t or q u e o f 6 . 5 l b
i n . ( 0 , 7 3 N · m ) a n d a l o c k i n g t o r q u e o f 6 0 l b i n . ( 6, 8 N · m ) m a x i m u m .
I f i n s e r t s a r e d a m a g e d r e p l a c e t h e m i n a c c o r d a n c e wi t h R E P A I R p a r a -
graph 2Q or 2R as applicable.
( 1 4 ) I n s p e c t s t u d s ( 6 5 0 ) f o r l o o s e n e s s o r d a m a g e to t h r e a d s . C h e c k f o r
side to side movement of studs, movement at end of stud shall not
b e g r e a t e r t h a n 0 . 0 6 2 i n . ( 1 , 5 7 5 m m ) . T i g h t e n l o o se s t u d s o r r e -
place damaged studs using REPAIR paragraph 2Q(6).
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 540
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTE: E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d u n l e s s o t h e r wi s e i n d i c a t e d .
Crocus abrasive cloth, 400 grade Commercially a v a i la b l e
Crocus abrasive cloth, 800 grade Commercially a v a i la b l e
Lapping compound, diamond, 1200 grit Commercially av a i l a b l e
Lapping compound, diamond, 6 and 15 micron C o m m e r c ia l l y available
Methyl ethyl ketone Commercially available
Alodine 1200 chromate conversion coating C o m m e r c i a ll y available
Zinc chromate primer coating, TT-P-1757, yellow C o mm e r c i a l l y available
Dioxane chemical solvent Commercially available
Silicone carbide abrasive paper, waterproof, Commercially available
400 grit
Arkansas stone Commercially available
Burnishing ball, 1.1561-1.1563 inch Commercially available
(29,3649-29,3700 mm) diameter
Burnishing ball, 1.3749-1.3751 inch Commercially available
(34,9225-34,9275 mm) diameter
0.8750-14UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
1.1875-12UNJ-3B tap Commercially available
0.750-16UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
1.250-18UNJEF-3A die Commercially available
1.250-18UNJEF-3BG tap Commercially available
1.625-12UNJ-3A die Commercially available
1.250-16UNJ-3B tap Commercially available
0.4375-20UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
0.5625-18UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
1.6250-12UNJ-3B tap Commercially available
0.7500-16UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
0.375-24UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
Isopropyl Alcohol Commercially available
Loctite cleaning solvent 755 Loctite Corporation
Loctite activator T7471 705 North Mountain Rd.
Loctite retaining compound 601 Newington, CT 06111
Loctite retaining compound 609
Everlube 620 dry film lubricant E / M L u b r i c a n t s , I n c.
Box 220
W. Lafayette, IN 47906
Novaculite No. 625 blasting media Malvern Minerals Company
Box 1246
Hot Springs, AR 71901
Electrofilm 4253 dry film lubricant E/M Corporation
P.O. Box 2200
West Lafayette, IN 47906
73-11-11
Page 601
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
A. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e f u e l p u m p o n l y t o t h e l e v e l r e q ui r e d t o e f f e c t t h e n e c -
e s s a r y r e p a i r s o r r e p l a c e m e n t o f h a r d w a r e . D u r i n g di s a s s e m b l y , i f a n y o f
t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s a r e e x p o s e d , t h e y s h o u l d b e r e pl a c e d r e g a r d l e s s o f
condition: all packings (30, 40, 50, 120, 140, 150, 155, 205, 210, 215,
2 2 0 , 3 4 0 , 3 4 5 , 3 5 5 , 4 5 0 , 4 8 5 , 4 9 3 , 5 1 5 , 5 2 0 , 5 4 0 , 54 5 , 5 5 0 , 5 8 0 , 6 1 5 ,
639, and 680, IPL figure 2), backup rings (455 and 480), and fuel filter
e l e m e n t ( 5 1 0 ) . I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d , d e p e n d i n g o n c o nd i t i o n , t h a t t h e f o l -
l o w i n g i t e m s b e r e p l a c e d : v i t o n w a s h e r s ( 6 0 , 7 0 , a nd 9 0 ) , s h i m s ( 7 5 ,
230, 250, 270, and 325), and stationary shaft seal (35). All other
items should be inspected in accordance with CHECK section and repaired
or replaced, as necessary.
NOTE: I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m
n u m b e r s w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t p or t i o n o f t h i s
manual, however, all references will be to only the basic item
number unless it is necessary to refer to a suffix in order to
properly identify a specific part.
73-11-11
Page 602
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
B. R e f e r t o T a b l e 6 0 1 f o r a l i s t o f r e c o m m e n d e d r e pa i r m a t e r i a l s . S i m p l e
r e p a i r w i l l b e l i m i t e d t o p o l i s h i n g m i n o r b u r r s , n ic k s , s c o r i n g , a n d
s c r a t c h e s w i t h n u m b e r 4 0 0 g r a d e c r o c u s a b r a s i v e c l ot h . F o r m i c r o f i n i s h e d
s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n 1 0 - 6 4 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 2 5 4 0 - 1 , 6 2 5 6 mi c r o m e t e r s ) , p o l i s h
w i t h 8 0 0 g r a d e c r o c u s a b r a s i v e c l o t h . F o r m i c r o f i n is h e d s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n
4-10 microinches (0,1016-0,2540 micrometers), use a 1200 grit diamond
l a p p i n g c o m p o u n d t o o b t a i n f i n i s h s p e c i f i e d i n C H E CK , p r o v i d e d t h e i n d i -
vidual limits in Table 801 are not exceeded. Clean all repolished parts
i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s g i v e n i n C L E A N IN G . T o u c h u p a l l
m e t a l a r e a s o f a n o d i z e d a l u m i n u m p a r t s e x p o s e d d u r in g r e p a i r w i t h c o n -
version coating (Alodine 1200).
2. Component Repair.
CAUTION: A F T E R R E P A I R I S A C C O M P L I S H E D , P A R T S M U S T B E I N S P EC T E D U S I N G
APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF CHECK PARAGRAPHS 1B AND 2.
A. R e p a i r S e a l C a r r i e r A s s e m b l y ( - 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2 an d f i g u r e 6 0 1 ) .
( 1 ) M a c h i n e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) o u t o f s e a l c a r r i er ( 2 5 ) .
CAUTION: D O N O T U S E S O L V E N T S S U C H A S G A S O L I N E , K E R O S E N E , NA P H T H A , F U E L
OIL, VARSOL, OR STODDARD THAT WILL LEAVE A FILM ON THE CLEANED
S U R F A C E . T H I S F I L M W I L L P R E V E N T P R O P E R B O N D I N G D U R IN G C A R R I E R
INSTALLATION.
(2) Using clean Loctite Cleaning Solvent 755, or a known equivalent,
c l e a n t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r o f t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) an d t h e i n s i d e
diameter of carrier (25). Visually check and ensure all solvent has
dried prior to continuing.
WARNING: U S E N E C E S S A R Y P R E C A U T I O N S W H E N H A N D L I N G H E A T E D P AR T S T O
PREVENT INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
CAUTION: W H E N A C C O M P L I S H I N G T H E F O L L O W I N G S T E P , D O N O T H E AT C A R R I E R F O R
MORE THAN 30 MINUTES.
( 3 ) H e a t c a r r i e r ( 2 5 ) t o a t e m p e r a t u r e o f 5 0 0 º F ( 26 0 º C ) .
NOTE: Failure to assemble immediately will require the removal of
a p p l i e d a d h e s i v e a n d p r i m e r u s i n g a n o r g a n i c o r p e tr o l e u m
solvent and repetition of the following steps.
(4) Apply an even coat of Loctite Activator T7471 to outside diameter
o f t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) a n d i n s i d e d i a m e t e r o f c a r r ie r ( 2 5 ) .
( 5 ) A p p l y a n e v e n c o a t o f L o c t i t e R e t a i n i n g C o m p o un d 6 0 1 o r 6 0 9 o v e r
t h e p r e v i o u s l y a p p l i e d a c t i v a t o r o n t h e o u t s i d e d i am e t e r o f t h r u s t
b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) a n d t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e r o f c a r r i e r ( 2 5) . I m m e d i a t e l y
p r e s s t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g i n t o t h e c a r r i e r u s i n g s u it a b l e d r i v e r ,
207968, and an arbor press until the thrust bearing bottoms in the
carrier.
73-11-11
Page 603
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(6) Remove excess adhesive and primer from outside the joint by wiping
with an organic or petroleum solvent.
(8) Deleted.
73-11-11
Page 604
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
UNITS
SHOWN.
(36,982)
(36,932)
1.451(36,855) MIN.
4 (4,293)
WITHIN 2 LIGHT
BANDS
B. Repair Rotating Seal Ring (55, IPL figure 2 and figure 602).
(1) Use 15 micron diamond lapping compound to lap the seal and thrust
f a c e s t o r e m o v e m i n o r n i c k s , s c r a t c h e s , a n d l i g h t sc o r i n g o n r o t a t -
ing seal ring (55).
( 2 ) A f t e r r e w o r k i n g t h e r o t a t i n g s e a l r i n g , t h e m ea s u r e d h e i g h t m u s t
n o t b e l e s s t h a n l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C L E A RA N C E S T a b l e 8 0 1 .
( 3 ) F i n i s h l a p w i t h 6 m i c r o n d i a m o n d l a p p i n g c o m p ou n d t o a c h i e v e
requirements in figure 602.
73-11-11
Page 605
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
C. R e p a i r W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e a n d G u i d e (I n c l u d e s L a p p i n g P r o c e -
d u r e ) ( 1 3 0 , 1 3 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2 a n d f i g u r e s 6 0 3 a n d 60 4 ) .
(1) Scratches and grooves on the seat of wash flow filter bypass valve
( 1 3 0 ) m a y b e r e m o v e d b y m a c h i n i n g p r o v i d e d t h e d i m en s i o n s s p e c i f i e d
in figure 603 are maintained.
(2) Using lapping and holding fixture, 216676, lap the valve (130) into
the valve guide (135) in the following manner:
(a) I n s t a l l v a l v e g u i d e i n t o b a s e c o l l e t a s s h o w n in f i g u r e 6 0 4 .
(b) Insert lapping tool into valve guide and break sharp edges
0.004-0.008 in. (0,102-0,203 mm).
(c) Remove lapping tool from base collet and valve guide.
(d) I n s t a l l a n d s e c u r e b y p a s s v a l v e ( 1 3 0 ) o n t o e x p an d i n g m a n d r e l
of holding tool.
(e) I n s e r t v a l v e i n t o v a l v e g u i d e a n d l a p t h e m a t i ng s u r f a c e s f o r
a 0.015 in. maximum (0,381 mm) corner break.
NOTE: L a p i n o n e c o n t i n u o u s m o t i o n , a n d i n s a m e d i r e c t io n .
73-11-11
Page 606
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(20,447)
(15,240)
73-11-11
Page 607
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
D. R e p a i r P u m p C o v e r A s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2 an d f i g u r e 6 0 5 ) .
( 1 ) U s e 4 0 0 g r i t a b r a s i v e c l o t h t o r e m o v e s l i g h t sc o r i n g , s c r a t c h e s ,
burrs, and displaced metal in the pump cover throat area whenever
p o s s i b l e . D i m e n s i o n s s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 0 5 m u s t b e ma i n t a i n e d . M i -
nor scoring may remain after polishing.
(b) U s e a 1 . 1 8 7 5 - 1 2 U N J - 3 B t a p i n t h e w a s h f l o w f i l te r b y p a s s v a l v e
installation port.
(3) After repairing the pump cover throat area and the tapped holes as
r e q u i r e d , c l e a n t h e c o v e r a s s e m b l y t h o r o u g h l y a s d es c r i b e d i n
CLEANING.
( 4 ) I f t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 ) i s d a m a g e d o r i f 20 p e r c e n t o f t h e d r y
film is removed from face or ID of bearing, replace as follows:
(a) Remove thrust bearing from pump cover assembly (-160) by ma-
c h i n i n g o r p r e s s i n g i t o u t . R e m o v e a l l b e a r i n g d e br i s f r o m
cover before proceeding.
WARNING: T A K E P R O P E R P R E C A U T I O N S T O P R E V E N T I N J U R Y W H E N H AN D L I N G
HEATED PARTS.
(b) H e a t t h e p u m p c o v e r t o a m a x i m u m o f 3 5 0 º F ( 1 7 7 ºC ) f o r n o m o r e
t h a n 3 0 m i n u t e s . P r e s s t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 ) i nt o t h e p u m p
c o v e r ( 2 0 0 ) a s s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 0 5 , u s i n g t h r u s t b ea r i n g i n -
stallation tool, 217051.
(c) A l l o w p a r t s t o c o o l . D r i l l t h r u s t b e a r i n g a s sh o w n i n f i g u r e
605, to allow for installation of steel pin (180). Coat Pin
with zinc chromate primer (TT-P-1757), and install pin into
cover and thrust bearing. Peen edge of hole after pin is
installed.
(d) M a c h i n e t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g b o r e t o t h e A S M A C H IN E D d i a m e t e r
shown in figure 605. Finish the thrust face to the dimension
and surface finish shown.
(e) M a s k a r e a a r o u n d t h r u s t b e a r i n g , t h e n v a p o r b l as t t h e b e a r i n g
b o r e a n d f a c e u s i n g b l a s t i n g m e d i a . W a t e r b l a s t t he a f f e c t e d
area to remove all traces of grit.
73-11-11
Page 608
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CAUTION: D R Y F I L M L U B R I C A N T M U S T B E A P P L I E D W I T H I N 4 8 H O U RS A F T E R
ABRASIVE CLEANING.
(f) C o a t t h e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h d r y f i l m l u b r i c an t ( E l e c t r o f i l m
4253) 0.0005-0.0007 in. (0,013-0,018 mm) thick, as follows:
1 S h a k e t h e c o n c e n t r a t e d l u b r i c a n t o n a m e c h a n i c a l sh a k e r f o r
a minimum of one hour.
2 After shaking, immediately dilute the concentrate in the
proportion of one part by weight dry film lubricant concen-
t r a t e t o f o u r p a r t s b y w e i g h t D i o x a n e c h e m i c a l s o l ve n t .
S h a k e t h i s d i l u t e d m i x t u r e o n a m e c h a n i c a l s h a k e r fo r a
minimum of one hour.
3 Wash bearing surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone and air dry.
T h e n r i n s e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h c h e m i c a l s o l v e n t an d a i r
dry. Mask exposed areas to reduce overspray.
NOTE: P l a c e c l e a n e d p a r t s o n a s u r f a c e f r e e o f d u s t , d ir t ,
lint, grease, and other contaminants. Take precau-
tions to avoid contamination of bearing after
cleaning.
4 F i l l a s p r a y g u n w i t h t h e d i l u t e d d r y f i l m m i x t u r e. A d j u s t
the spray nozzle and air pressure to obtain a fine mist,
a n d c o a t t h e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s t o t h e r e q u i r e d t h i c kn e s s .
A l l o w t h e c o a t i n g t o a i r d r y f o r 2 0 m i n u t e s a n d c h ec k t o l -
erances.
NOTE: A g i t a t e t h e s p r a y g u n d u r i n g a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e dr y
f i l m t o p r e v e n t s o l i d s f r o m s e t t l i n g . P r o t e c t b e a r-
ing surfaces from settling dust and other contami-
nants during drying.
5 I f b e a r i n g d o e s n o t m e e t s p e c i f i e d d i m e n s i o n s a f t er c o a t -
i n g , r e m o v e t h e c o a t i n g w i t h v a p o r b l a s t , a n d r e c o at a s
necessary to obtain the required dimensions.
WARNING: TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING
HEATED PARTS.
6 When the bearing has been coated to the specified dry film
d i a m e t e r , r e m o v e m a s k i n g m a t e r i a l s a n d r e m o v e o v e r sp r a y u s -
i n g a c l e a n c l o t h d a m p e n e d w i t h m e t h y l e t h y l k e t o n e. C u r e
t h e c o a t i n g b y b a k i n g t h e p a r t s i n a n o v e n a t 3 0 0 º -3 5 0 º F
(149º-177ºC) for a minimum of 3-1/2 hours.
73-11-11
Page 609
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTE: (83,312)
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
(185)
3.875 (98,425)
BASIC
0.0011
(0.0279)
BASIC
0.0006
(0.0152)
BASIC
73-11-11
Page 610
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1.684
(42.774)
1.1569 (29,3853)
AS MACHINED
1.1564 (29,3726)
1.1567 (29,3802)
(29,3726)
2.638 (67,005)
GAGE DIA
(29,3319) SECTION AA
(29,3192) MODEL 708300 ONLY
(29,3446)
(29,3319)
(68,834)
1.684 (68,707)
(42,774)
PIN
(180)
2.638
(67,005) (25.654)
GAGE
DIA
K
0)
,24
(15
4)
,76
(175) (16
ALLOW FOR 0.005
(0,127) WEAR IN DRY
THROAT AREA FILM
(200)
NOTES:
DATUM -D- 1S A PLANE IN CONTACT WITH THE HIGH POINTS
OF SURFACE -G- .
DATUM -E- IS A PLANE PASSING THRU THE CENTER OF DIAMETERS
-H- AND SLOT -J- AND PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -D- .
DATUM -F- IS A PLANE PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -D- AND -E- .
-K- IS CENTERLINE OF THRUST BEARING INSIDE DIAMETER -R- AND PARALLEL TO DATUM -E-
-K- IS OFFSET FROM DATUMS -E- AND -F- AS SHOWN.
DETAIL C
73-11-11
Page 611
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CAUTION: D O N O T A T T E M P T T O R E M O V E T H E D R Y F I L M C O A T I N G A F TE R
CURING. A CURED COATING CANNOT BE REMOVED WITHOUT
DAMAGE TO THE BEARING MATERIAL.
7 A f t e r c u r i n g , i n s p e c t t h e c o a t e d s u r f a c e s f o r u n e ve n n e s s ,
p i n h o l e s , s a g s , r u n s , b u b b l e s , a n d o t h e r i m p e r f e c ti o n s .
T e s t t h e a d h e s i o n o f t h e f i l m b y a p p l y i n g a s h o r t st r i p o f
flat back pressure-sensitive tape (No. 250) to the bearing
f a c e s a n d b o r e s . P u l l o f f t h e t a p e a n d l o o k f o r s pe c k s o f
dry film on the tape.
(g) After dry film lubricating, burnish the bearing bore to the
AFTER BURNISHED DIAMETER shown in figure 605, using a burn-
i s h i n g b a l l o f 1 . 1 5 6 1 - 1 . 1 5 6 3 i n . ( 2 9 , 3 6 4 9 - 2 9 , 3 7 0 0 mm ) d i a m e -
ter. Make at least two passes, starting each time from the
thrust face of the bearing. From the bottom of the bore, re-
m o v e a n y b u r r s w h i c h m a y h a v e b e e n f o r m e d d u r i n g t he b u r n i s h -
ing operation.
(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l b i t t h a t w i l l p r o v i d e a m i n o r d ia m e t e r , a f t e r
tapping, of 0.3041-0.3110 in. (7,7241-7,8994 mm).
(b) D r i l l t h e h o l e f r o m w h i c h i n s e r t ( 1 8 5 ) w a s r e m ov e d . D r i l l e d
h o l e s h a l l b e t h r o u g h , a n d i n i d e n t i c a l l o c a t i o n r el a t i v e t o
dimensions shown on figure 605.
(c) Using oversized bottoming tap, 3893-4, tap the through hole.
(d) I n s p e c t t a p p e d h o l e f o r 0 . 4 1 0 i n . ( 1 0 , 4 1 4 m m ) mi n i m u m f u l l
thread depth.
(f) S e l e c t o u t e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n r e p a i r p a c k 3 17 9 - 4 . C o a t
with zinc chromate primer (TT-P-1757), and install into newly
t a p p e d h o l e , u s i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l s u p p l i e d i n r ep a i r p a c k
3179-4. Install to a depth 1/4 to 1/2 pitch below parting
s u r f a c e o f p u m p c o v e r . W i p e o f f e x c e s s p r i m e r . R em o v e d r i v -
i n g t a n g w i t h b r e a k - o f f t o o l s u p p l i e d i n r e p a i r p a ck 3 1 7 9 - 4 .
73-11-11
Page 612
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(g) S e l e c t i n n e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n p a c k . C o a t w it h z i n c c h r o -
m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n s t a l l i n t o o u t e r i n se r t , u s i n g
i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l . I n s t a l l t o d e p t h o f o u t e r i n s e rt a n d a l i g n
end of insert with the end of previously installed insert.
S e e d e t a i l C o f f i g u r e 6 0 5 . W i p e o f f e x c e s s i v e p r im e r .
(i) R e m o v e r e m a i n i n g d r i v i n g t a n g u s i n g b r e a k - o f f to o l .
CAUTION: E N S U R E T H A T F U E L C O N T R O L F L A N G E I S N O T D A M A G E D D UR I N G T H E
FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.
(a) If the side to side movement at the end of the stud is greater
than 0.062 in. (1,575 mm), tighten the locking keys by tapping
t h e k e y s i n t o p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) u s i n g a h am m e r a n d
p u n c h . T h e k e y s s h o u l d b e d r i v e n d o w n u n t i l t h e s tu d i s
tight, or until the keys are flush with the top of the in-
s e r t e d e n d o f t h e s t u d . I f t h e s t u d c a n n o t b e t i g ht e n e d , r e -
place studs.
(b) C u t o f f n u t e n d o f s t u d a t a p o i n t j u s t a b o v e th e s u r f a c e o f
the control flange.
(d) Drill out the material between the locking keys to a depth
s u f f i c i e n t t o a l l o w t h e l o c k i n g k e y s t o b e d r i v e n co m p l e t e l y
o u t o f t h e i r b r o a c h e d k e y - w a y s , a n d t o p e r m i t t h e in s e r t i o n o f
an easy-out.
(f) Coat new stud with zinc chromate primer (TT-P- 1757), and in-
s t a l l i n t o t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e u n t i l k e y s p r e v e n t f u rt h e r p e n e -
tration.
73-11-11
Page 613
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(g) Place installation tool over nut end of stud. Using a hammer
o r a r b o r p r e s s , d r i v e t h e k e y s d o w n i n t o t h e p u m p co v e r . T h e
t o o l w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e t k e y s a t t h e p r o p e r d e p th .
(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l o r g r i n d i n g t o o l o f s u f f i c i e n t di a m e t e r t o r e -
move all of the material between the locking keys.
(b) D r i l l o r g r i n d o u t t h e m a t e r i a l b e t w e e n t h e l o ck i n g k e y s t o a
d e p t h s u f f i c i e n t t o a l l o w t h e l o c k i n g k e y s t o b e d ri v e n o u t o f
their broached keyways.
(d) C o a t n e w i n s e r t w i t h z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P- 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d
s c r e w i n t o t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e u n t i l k e y s p r e v e n t f u rt h e r p e n e -
tration.
(e) P l a c e i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l o v e r i n s e r t . U s i n g a ha m m e r o r a r b o r
p r e s s , d r i v e t h e k e y s d o w n i n t o t h e p u m p c o v e r . T he t o o l w i l l
automatically set keys at the proper depth.
(9) Use Alodine 1200 to touch up anodized areas of the pump cover that
were exposed during repair.
73-11-11
Page 614
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
I f t h e i m p e l l e r i s d e t e r m i n e d t o b e u s a b l e a c c o r d in g t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
o f C H E C K p a r a g r a p h 2 L , r e p a i r m i n o r n i c k s , s c r a t c h e s , o r o th e r a r e a s
w h i c h h a v e h a d t h e a n o d i z e r e m o v e d . I f l e s s t h a n 40 p e r c e n t o f a n o d i z e d
s u r f a c e h a s b e e n r e m o v e d , a l o d i n e e x p o s e d s u r f a c e wi t h c o n v e r s i o n c o a t -
i n g ( A l o d i n e 1 2 0 0 ) . I f m o r e t h a n 4 0 p e r c e n t o f a n od i z e d s u r f a c e i s e x -
p o s e d , a n o d i z e i m p e l l e r i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h M I L - A - 8 62 5 , T y p e I .
( 1 ) C l e a n u p t h r e a d s o f i m p e l l e r s h a f t u s i n g a 1 . 25 0 - 1 8 U N J E F - 3 A d i e .
CAUTION: D O N O T G R I N D T H E B E A R I N G J O U R N A L O R T H R U S T F A C E AS T H I S
P R O C E S S W I L L R E M O V E T H E N I T R I D E L A Y E R A N D R E D U C E T HE S U R F A C E
HARDNESS.
(2) Lap the surfaces marked 6 microinches (0,1524 micrometer) as
n e c e s s a r y t o o b t a i n a s u r f a c e f i n i s h o f 6 m i c r o i n c he s ( 0 , 1 5 2 4 m i -
c r o m e t e r ) o r s m o o t h e r , u s i n g 6 m i c r o n d i a m o n d l a p p in g c o m p o u n d . S e e
figure 606.
( 3 ) W h e n r e p a i r i n g i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( - 2 8 5 A a n d - 2 8 5 B) , i f d r y f i l m i s
w o r n t h r o u g h o n t h e t h r e a d s , s t r i p a n d r e f i l m . A p p ly d r y f i l m l u -
b r i c a n t ( E v e r l u b e 6 2 0 ) o n t h r e a d s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 0 . 00 0 1 i n . ( 0 , 0 0 2 5
m m ) t h i c k i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h M I L - L - 8 9 3 7 ; c u r e t h e fi l m b y b a k i n g a t
300º-320ºF (149º-160ºC) for one hour.
NOTE:
DIMENSIONS ARE
IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
1.3711 MIN. 1.1523 MIN.
(34,8259) (29,2684)
73-11-11
Page 615
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 1 ) C l e a n u p t h e t h r e a d s o f i m p e l l e r s h a f t n u t u s in g a 1 . 2 5 0 - 1 8 U N J E F -
3BG tap.
CAUTION: D O N O T G R I N D T H E T H R U S T F A C E T O O B T A I N T H I S F I N I SH A S T H I S
W I L L R E M O V E T H E N I T R I D E L A Y E R A N D R E D U C E T H E S U R F A CE H A R D N E S S .
( 2 ) T h e t h r u s t f a c e o f t h e n u t r i d e s a g a i n s t t h e bo o s t s t a g e b e a r i n g ,
a n d m u s t h a v e a s u r f a c e f i n i s h o f 6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 ,1 5 2 4 m i c r o m e t e r )
o r s m o o t h e r . I n i t i a l l a p t h e t h r u s t f a c e w i t h 1 5 mi c r o n d i a m o n d
lapping compound. Finish lap the surface with a 6 micron diamond
l a p p i n g c o m p o u n d t o a c h i e v e t h e r e q u i r e d s u r f a c e f in i s h .
( 1 ) I f b o o s t s t a g e b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) i s d a m a g e d o r w o rn b e y o n d l i m i t s
specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801, remove by pulling out
p i n ( 3 9 5 ) a n d m a c h i n i n g o u t t h e b e a r i n g . S e e f i g u re 6 0 7 .
(4) When parts have returned to room temperature, drill the hole for
t h e b e a r i n g r e t a i n e r p i n ( 3 9 5 ) t o t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o ns s h o w n i n f i g -
ure 607. Install the pin in the hole and peen the edges of the
hole to retain the pin.
( 5 ) M a c h i n e t h e b e a r i n g b o r e t o t h e A S M A C H I N E D d ia m e t e r a n d t h e
bearing face as shown in figure 607.
(6) Vapor blast the machine bore and groove using blasting media.
W a t e r b l a s t a f t e r a b r a s i v e c l e a n i n g t o r e m o v e a l l tr a c e s o f g r i t .
Mask bearing plate assembly as required.
CAUTION: THE DRY FILM LUBRICANT MUST BE APPLIED WITHIN 48 HOURS AFTER
ABRASIVE CLEANING.
(7) Coat the bearing bore and groove with dry film lubricant (Electro-
f i l m 4 2 5 3 ) t o a t h i c k n e s s o f 0 . 0 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 0 0 7 i n . ( 0 , 01 2 7 - 0 , 0 1 7 8 m m ) .
Apply the film as follows:
(a) S h a k e t h e c o n c e n t r a t e d l u b r i c a n t o n a m e c h a n i c al s h a k e r f o r a
minimum of one hour.
73-11-11
Page 616
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(b) A f t e r s h a k i n g , i m m e d i a t e l y d i l u t e t h e c o n c e n t r at e i n t h e p r o -
p o r t i o n o f o n e p a r t b y w e i g h t d r y f i l m l u b r i c a n t ( El e c t r o f i l m
4 2 5 3 ) c o n c e n t r a t e t o f o u r p a r t s b y w e i g h t D i o x a n e ch e m i c a l
s o l v e n t . S h a k e t h i s d i l u t e d m i x t u r e o n a m e c h a n i c al s h a k e r
for a minimum of one hour.
NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
2,957
(75,108)
GAGE
1.400
(35,560)
BASIC
73-11-11
Page 617
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
-N-
NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
DETAIL D
DIAMETER REQUIRED
FOR A 0.0001-0.0008
(0,0025-0,0203)
PRESS FIT IN BEARING
PLATE
73-11-11
Page 618
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(148,844)
73-11-11
Page 619
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(c) Wash bearing surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone and air dry.
T h e n r i n s e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h c h e m i c a l s o l v e n t an d a i r d r y .
Mask exposed areas to reduce overspray.
NOTE: P l a c e c l e a n e d p a r t s o n a s u r f a c e f r e e o f d u s t , d ir t ,
l i n t , g r e a s e , a n d o t h e r c o n t a m i n a n t s . T a k e p r e c a u t io n s
to avoid contamination of bearing after
cleaning.
CAUTION: D O N O T A T T E M P T T O R E M O V E T H E D R Y F I L M C O A T I N G A F TE R
CURING. A CURED COATING CANNOT BE REMOVED WITHOUT DAMAGE
TO THE BEARING MATERIAL.
(d) F i l l a s p r a y g u n w i t h t h e d i l u t e d d r y f i l m m i x tu r e . A d j u s t
the spray nozzle and air pressure to obtain a fine mist, and
c o a t t h e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s t o t h e r e q u i r e d t h i c k n e s s. A l l o w
t h e c o a t i n g t o a i r d r y f o r 2 0 m i n u t e s a n d c h e c k t o le r a n c e s .
NOTE: A g i t a t e t h e s p r a y g u n d u r i n g a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e dr y
f i l m t o p r e v e n t s o l i d s f r o m s e t t l i n g . P r o t e c t b e a ri n g
surfaces from settling dust and other contaminants dur-
ing drying.
(e) I f b e a r i n g d o e s n o t m e e t s p e c i f i e d d i m e n s i o n s af t e r c o a t i n g ,
remove the coating with vapor blast, and recoat as necessary
to obtain the required dimensions.
(f) W h e n t h e b e a r i n g h a s b e e n c o a t e d t o t h e s p e c i f ie d d r y f i l m d i -
a m e t e r , r e m o v e m a s k i n g m a t e r i a l s a n d r e m o v e o v e r s p ra y u s i n g a
clean cloth dampened with isopropyl alcohol. Cure the coating
b y b a k i n g t h e p a r t s i n a n o v e n a t 3 0 0 º - 3 5 0 º F ( 1 4 9 º -1 7 7 º C ) f o r
a minimum of 3-1/2 hours.
(g) A f t e r c u r i n g , i n s p e c t t h e c o a t e d s u r f a c e s f o r un e v e n n e s s , p i n
h o l e s , s a g s , r u n s , b u b b l e s , a n d o t h e r i m p e r f e c t i o n s. T e s t t h e
a d h e s i o n o f t h e f i l m b y a p p l y i n g a s h o r t s t r i p o f fl a t b a c k
p r e s s u r e - s e n s i t i v e t a p e ( N o . 2 5 0 ) t o t h e b e a r i n g b or e s . P u l l
off the tape and look for specks of dry film on the tape. Re-
p l a c e t h e b e a r i n g i f t h e d r y f i l m c o a t i n g i s n o t s mo o t h a n d
u n i f o r m , o r i f a n y f i l m i s r e m o v e d b y t h e p r e s s u r e -s e n s i t i v e
tape.
73-11-11
Page 620
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 8 ) A f t e r d r y f i l m l u b r i c a t i n g , b u r n i s h t h e b e a r i ng b o r e t o t h e f i n -
i s h e d d i a m e t e r s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 0 7 , u s i n g a b u r n i s hi n g b a l l o f
1 . 3 7 4 9 - 1 . 3 7 5 1 i n . ( 3 4 , 9 2 2 5 - 3 4 , 9 2 7 5 m m ) d i a m e t e r . Ma k e a t l e a s t t w o
passes, starting each time from the thrust face of the bearing.
From the bottom of the bore, remove any burrs which may have been
formed during the burnishing operation.
( 9 ) I f h e l i c a l i n s e r t s ( 4 0 0 ) a r e d a m a g e d , r e m o v e th e m f r o m b e a r i n g
plate. If tapped hole, from which a damaged insert was removed, is
n o t d a m a g e d , c o a t n e w i n s e r t w i t h z i n c c h r o m a t e p r im e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 )
and install in accordance with MS33537. If tapped hole is damaged,
a n d m a x i m u m d i a m e t e r c o r r e c t i o n r e q u i r e d d o e s n o t ex c e e d 0 . 0 1 1 0
i n c h ( 0 , 2 7 9 4 m m ) a t h e m a x i m u m m a t e r i a l c o n d i t i o n (M M C ) , r e p a i r a s
follows:
(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l b i t t h a t w i l l p r o v i d e a m i n o r d ia m e t e r , a f t e r
taping, of 0.1854-0.1927 in. (4,7091-4,8945 mm).
(b) D r i l l t h e h o l e f r o m w h i c h i n s e r t ( 4 0 0 ) w a s r e m ov e d . D r i l l e d
h o l e s h a l l b e t h r o u g h , a n d i n i d e n t i c a l l o c a t i o n r el a t i v e t o
dimensions shown on figure 607.
(c) Using oversized bottoming tap, 3887-06, tap the through hole.
(d) I n s p e c t t a p p e d h o l e f o r 0 . 2 7 5 i n . ( 6 , 9 8 5 m m ) m in i m u m f u l l
thread depth.
(f) S e l e c t o u t e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n r e p a i r p a c k 3 17 7 - 0 6 . C o a t
with zinc chromate primer (TT-P-1757), and install into newly
t a p p e d h o l e , u s i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l s u p p l i e d i n r ep a i r p a c k
3177-06. install to a depth 2 to 2-1/2 pitch below surface –L-
of bearing plate assembly. Wipe off excess primer. Remove
driving tang with break-off tool supplied in repair pack
3177-06.
(g) S e l e c t i n n e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n p a c k . C o a t w it h z i n c c h r o -
m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n s t a l l i n t o o u t e r i n se r t , u s i n g
i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l . I n s t a l l t o d e p t h o f o u t e r i n s e rt a n d a l i g n
end of insert with the end of previously installed insert.
S e e d e t a i l C o f f i g u r e 6 0 7 . W i p e o f f e x c e s s p r i m e r.
(i) R e m o v e r e m a i n i n g d r i v i n g t a n g u s i n g b r e a k - o f f to o l .
73-11-11
Page 621
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 1 0 ) O n e o f t w o p i n s ( 3 9 5 ) i s i n s t a l l e d a d j a c e n t to l o w e r b e a r i n g p o c k e t
and used to align the bearing plate assembly during assembly to
g e a r h o u s i n g . I f t h i s p i n i s m i s s i n g o r d a m a g e d , or i f s u r f a c e – H -
o f t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y i s d a m a g e d b u t c o n s i de r e d t o b e r e -
pairable within the limits defined in CHECK and FITS AND
CLEARANCES, then repair as follows:
(b) C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e p i n ( 3 9 5 ) f r o m n e x t t o t h e l o we r b e a r i n g
pocket. A recommended method of pin removal is:
1 S e c u r e l y a n d e v e n l y c l a m p t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m bl y ( p i n
up) to the table of a milling machine.
2 Open the chuck on the milling head wider than the diameter
of the installed pin.
CAUTION: U S E C A R E W H E N A C C O M P L I S H I N G T H E F O L L O W I N G S T E P S TO
PREVENT ENLARGING OR DAMAGING, THE HOLE INTO WHICH
T H E P I N I S I N S T A L L E D O R C A U S I N G A D D I T I O N A L D A M A G E TO
SURFACE –H- .
3 P o s i t i o n t h e m i l l i n g h e a d a n d c h u c k o v e r t h e p i n an d c a r e -
f u l l y l o w e r t h e c h u c k o v e r t h e i n s t a l l e d p i n . T i g ht e n t h e
chuck securely onto the pin diameter.
4 M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e c h u c k a n d b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b ly a r e
a l i g n e d t o e n s u r e a s t r a i g h t p u l l o n t h e p i n . R a i se t h e
m i l l i n g h e a d a n d r e m o v e t h e p i n f r o m t h e b e a r i n g p la t e a s -
sembly.
(c) Machine surface –H- to remove damage. Minimum dimension of
0 . 5 9 7 i n . ( 1 5 , 1 6 4 m m ) m u s t n o t b e e x c e e d e d . A l l r eq u i r e m e n t s
of figure 607 must be met after machining.
(d) R e a m b l i n d h o l e f r o m w h i c h p i n ( 3 9 5 ) w a s r e m o v ed t o a m a x i m u m
diameter of 0.130 in. (3,302 mm). Ream to a depth of 0.200 to
0.210 in. (5,080 to 5,334 mm).
(e) Remove all burrs and break sharp edges 0.003 to 0.015 in.
(0,076 to 0,381 mm).
73-11-11
Page 622
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(f) A p p l y A l o d i n e 1 2 0 0 c o n v e r s i o n c o a t i n g t o m a c h i ne d s u r f a c e s i n
accordance with MIL-C-5541, Class IA.
(h) A p p l y w e t z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) t o re p l a c e m e n t p i n
a n d p r e s s r e p l a c e m e n t p i n i n t o r e a m e d h o l e i n b e a r in g p l a t e .
Install to depth shown in figure 607. Wipe excess primer from
surfaces.
(i) I n s p e c t r e p a i r e d b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y i n a c c or d a n c e w i t h t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f f i g u r e 6 0 7 , C H E C K, a n d f i t s a n d C L E A R A N C E S.
J. Repair Fixed and Pressurized Bearings (425, 430, 460, and 465, IPL fig-
ure 2).
(1) Repair minor nicks, scratches, and dents using REPAIR paragraph 1B.
73-11-11
Page 623
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(19,050 ± 0,254)
( 2 ) F i t a m a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s a n d p r e s s ur i z e d b e a r i n g s t o t h e
bores in gear housing (670) as follows:
(a) M e a s u r e t h e d i s t a n c e a c r o s s t h e a d j a c e n t b e a r i ng b o r e s i n g e a r
h o u s i n g ( 6 7 0 ) t o o b t a i n d i m e n s i o n A a s s h o w n i n f i gu r e 6 0 8 . D o
not take any measurements within 0.750 ± 0.010 in. (19.050
± 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) o f t h e u p p e r e d g e o f t h e b o r e d i a m e t e r s.
(b) Subtract 0.0046 in. (0,1168 mm) from dimension A to obtain di-
mension B.
(c) L a p t h e b e a r i n g f l a t s u s i n g o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i ng p r o c e d u r e s t o
obtain dimensions C and D specified in figure 608.
1 L a p t h e b e a r i n g f l a t s u s i n g w a t e r p r o o f s i l i c o n c a rb i d e p a -
per of 400 grit placed on a surface plate. To lap the
b e a r i n g f l a t s s i m u l t a n e o u s l y , u s e a n o l d d r i v e n g e ar ( 4 4 5 )
with teeth ground off flat on one side so that the gear
w i l l n o t c o m e i n c o n t a c t w i t h t h e l a p p i n g s u r f a c e wh e n a s -
sembled as follows: Mount bearings on the journals of the
73-11-11
Page 624
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
g e a r w i t h t h e b e a r i n g f a c e s b u t t e d f i r m l y a g a i n s t th e g e a r
f a c e s a n d t h e b e a r i n g f l a t s p l a c e d d o w n o n t h e s u r fa c e
p l a t e . L a p i n a s t r a i g h t l i n e p a r a l l e l t o c e n t e r l in e o f
the gear.
2 B e c a u s e o f t h e s i z e a n d w e i g h t o f t h e g e a r s a n d b ea r i n g s ,
some mechanics will find it more convenient to use this al-
t e r n a t e p r o c e d u r e f o r l a p p i n g t h e b e a r i n g s i n d i v i d ua l l y
w i t h o u t u s i n g a g e a r . I n s t e a d o f t h e a b o v e , l a p t he b e a r -
i n g s o n e a t a t i m e , l a p p i n g a c r o s s t h e f l a t i n a s tr a i g h t
line perpendicular to the bearing bore axis. Take care to
k e e p t h e b e a r i n g f a c e p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e f l a t . Us e a
Sheffield Visual Gage or a dial indicator to ensure that
the bearings are properly sized and that dimensions C and D
are equal to within 0.0001 in. (0,0025 mm).
3 After each lapping, apply an extremely thin layer of bluing
t o t h e s u r f a c e p l a t e a n d c h e c k f o r f l a t n e s s . T h e mi n i m u m
b l u e d a r e a m u s t b e 7 5 p e r c e n t o f t h e b e a r i n g f l a t ar e a
starting from the plated face of the bearing. See figure
6 0 8 . M a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e t a p e r m e a s u r e d a c r o s s t h e be a r i n g
flats is 0.0001 inch (0,0025 mm).
(d) A f t e r f i t t i n g b e a r i n g s , b u r n i s h t h e b e a r i n g f a ce s o f a l l b e a r -
ings and the back faces of fixed bearings on a flat granite
p l a t e t o r e m o v e b u r r s o r f l a s h f r o m t h e l a p p i n g p r oc e s s . T h e
b u r n i s h i n g s h o u l d n o t r e m o v e s t o c k i n e x c e s s o f 0 . 00 0 0 5 i n .
( 0 , 0 0 1 2 7 m m ) . E x a m i n e t h e b u r n i s h e d f a c e s t o e n s u re n o s u r -
face damage or dents, as indicated by local exposed bronze
s p o t s , h a v e r e s u l t e d f r o m t h e f i t t i n g p r o c e s s a n d ha n d l i n g .
(e) A f t e r f i t t i n g a n d b u r n i s h i n g , c l e a n b e a r i n g s t ho r o u g h l y i n a
d e g r e a s e r f o r a m i n i m u m o f 5 m i n u t e s . M a t c h e d b e a ri n g s e t s
must be kept together for reassembly.
K. R e p a i r D r i v e a n d D r i v e n G e a r s ( 4 4 0 , 4 4 5 , I P L f i gu r e 2 ) .
( 1 ) G e a r s ( 4 4 0 a n d 4 4 5 ) a r e m a t c h e d s e t s . I f e i t he r o f t h e g e a r s i n
these sets exceed the wear limits specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES
Table 801, both gears must be replaced as a set.
CAUTION: D O N O T A T T E M P T T O R E F I N I S H S U P E R F I N I S H E D S U R F A C ES .
(2) Repair nicked and eroded areas by hand honing with an Arkansas
s t o n e , o r e q u i v a l e n t , t o r e m o v e s h a r p e d g e s a n d b u rr s w h i c h c o u l d
damage mating gear surfaces.
73-11-11
Page 625
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 3 ) I f d r y f i l m i s w o r n t h r o u g h o n t h e s p l i n e s , s tr i p a n d r e f i l m . A p p l y
d r y f i l m l u b r i c a n t ( E v e r l u b e 6 2 0 ) o n s p l i n e a r e a s 0. 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 5 i n .
( 0 , 0 0 5 1 - 0 , 0 1 2 7 m m ) t h i c k i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h M I L - L - 46 0 1 0 D ; c u r e t h e
f i l m b y b a k i n g a t 3 0 0 º - 3 2 0 º F ( 1 4 9 º - 1 6 0 º C ) f o r o n e ho u r .
( 1 ) R e p a i r m i n o r n i c k s , s c r a t c h e s , a n d d e n t s p e r RE P A I R , p a r a g r a p h 1 B .
( 2 ) C l e a n u p i n t e r n a l t h r e a d s u s i n g a 0 . 5 6 2 5 - 1 8 U N JF - 3 B t a p .
( 1 ) S c r a t c h e s a n d g r o o v e s o n p i s t o n s e a t m a y b e r em o v e d b y m a c h i n i n g a s
long as requirements of figure 609 are met.
( 2 ) I f d r y f i l m i s w o r n t h r o u g h o n t h e o u t s i d e d i am e t e r , s t r i p a n d
refilm. Apply dry film lubricant (Everlube 620) on outside diameter
0 . 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 5 i n . ( 0 , 0 0 5 1 - 0 , 0 1 2 7 m m ) t h i c k i n a c c o rd a n c e w i t h M I L -
L - 4 6 0 1 0 D ; c u r e t h e f i l m b y b a k i n g a t 3 0 0 º - 3 2 0 º F ( 1 49 º - 1 6 0 º C ) f o r
one hour.
( 1 ) C l e a n u p e x t e r n a l t h r e a d s u s i n g a 1 . 6 2 5 - 1 2 U N J -3 A d i e .
( 2 ) C l e a n u p i n t e r n a l t h r e a d s u s i n g a 1 . 2 5 0 - 1 6 U N J -3 B t a p .
73-11-11
Page 626
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 3 ) M a c h i n e t h e p i s t o n s e a t i n t h e v a l v e b o d y t o re m o v e n i c k s a n d
scratches and to restore a sharp edge to the corner of the valve
s e a t . M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n A , f i g u r e 6 1 0 , b e f o r e m a c hi n i n g . D i m e n -
s i o n A a f t e r m a c h i n i n g m u s t n o t e x c e e d 2 . 4 3 5 i n . ( 61 , 8 4 9 m m ) . R e -
place the valve body if the seat cannot be restored within these
limits.
73-11-11
Page 627
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Q. R e p a i r G e a r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2) .
( 1 ) C l e a n t h r e a d s i n t h e g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y u s in g t h e f o l l o w i n g
taps:
(a) A f t e r f i l t e r p r e s s u r e t a p ( P S F ) - 0 . 4 3 7 5 - 2 0 U N J F- 3 B t a p .
(b) B e f o r e f i l t e r p r e s s u r e t a p ( P E F ) - 0 . 4 3 7 5 - 2 O U NJ F - 3 B t a p .
(c) M a c h i n e p l u g t h r e a d e d h o l e - 0 . 5 6 2 5 - 1 8 U N J F - 3 B ta p .
(d) R e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y b o r e s - 1 . 6 2 5 0 - 1 2 U N J - 3 B ta p .
(e) F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s , b o o s t s t a g e p r e s su r e d i s c h a r g e
tap (PBP) - 0.7500-16UNJF-3B tap.
(f) A c c e l e r o m e t e r m o u n t i n g b o r e - 0 . 3 7 5 - 2 4 U N J F - 3 B ta p .
( 2 ) D a m a g e d a c c e l e r o m e t e r m o u n t i n g b o r e m a y b e r e pa i r e d u s i n g r e p a i r
p a c k , 3 1 7 3 - 6 . T h e e f f e c t i v e c o r r e c t i o n t o t h e d a m ag e d h o l e s m a y
n o t e x c e e d 0 . 0 0 5 0 i n . ( 0 , 1 2 7 0 m m ) . R e p a i r a s f o l l ow s :
(a) R e t a p d a m a g e d h o l e u s i n g o v e r s i z e b o t t o m i n g t a p, 5 6 1 9 3 - 6 - 2 .
(b) Select oversized insert from repair pack. Coat insert with
z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) a n d i n s t a l l p e r M S3 3 5 3 7 .
Wipe off excess primer.
(c) Check installation for normal fit by installing plug (490, IPL
figure 2) to depth of locking coil.
( 3 ) I f p i n s ( 6 4 5 ) r e q u i r e r e p l a c e m e n t , c o a t w i t h zi n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r
(TT-P-1757) and press into gear housing until pins project 0.240-
0.260 in. (6,096-6,604 mm) above parting surface. Wipe off excess
primer. Inspect pin location using datums noted in figure 611.
73-11-11
Page 628
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(4) If any helical inserts (655, 656, 660, or 665, IPL figure 2) are
damaged, remove them. If tapped hole (from which a damaged insert
w a s r e m o v e d ) i s n o t d a m a g e d , c o a t n e w i n s e r t w i t h zi n c c h r o m a t e
p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) a n d i n s t a l l i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h MS 3 3 5 3 7 . W i p e
o f f e x c e s s p r i m e r . I f a p p l i c a b l e t a p p e d h o l e i s d am a g e d , i t m a y b e
r e p a i r e d i f m a x i m u m d i a m e t e r c o r r e c t i o n r e q u i r e d d oe s n o t e x c e e d
the following:
Maximum Diameter
Correction at Maximum
Insert Item Number Material Condition (MMC)
655 and 656 0.0460 in. (1,1684 mm)
660 0.0540 in. (1,3716 mm)
665 0.0320 in. (0,8128 mm)
NOTE: F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 t h r u - 6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 a n d - 2 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0- 1 a n d - 2
p u m p s , i f d u r i n g p r e l i m i n a r y i n s p e c t i o n i t w a s n o t ed t h a t
t h e f i l t e r c o v e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s w e r e r e m o v e d a n d r ep l a c e d
w i t h m o u n t i n g b o l t s u s i n g s e l f a l i g n i n g n u t s a n d w as h e r s ,
D-bolts (507) with retaining rings (506) and a new helical
i n s e r t s h o u l d b e i n s t a l l e d . R e w o r k f i l t e r c o v e r a nd m a i n
g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h R E P A I R, p a r a g r a p h
2R. If D-bolts (507), retaining rings (506) and a new heli-
c a l i n s e r t ( 6 5 5 ) c a n n o t b e i n s t a l l e d , t h e g e a r h o u si n g m u s t
be replaced.
NOTE: I f t h e f u e l f i l t e r c o v e r i s n o t r e t a i n e d w i t h D - he a d b o l t s
(507, IPL Figure 2), REPAIR paragraph 2R must be performed.
Repair as follows:
NOTE: I n s e r t i t e m n u m b e r s 6 5 5 a n d 6 5 6 h a v e 1 / 4 - 2 8 i n t e rn a l n o m i n a l
t h r e a d s i z e ; 6 6 0 h a s a 5 / 1 6 - 2 4 i n t e r n a l n o m i n a l t h re a d s i z e .
(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l b i t t h a t w i l l p r o v i d e a m i n o r d ia m e t e r , a f t e r
tapping, of:
73-11-11
Page 629
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1.510 (38,354)
NOTE:
RETOUR BP PORT
FOR 708600 SERIES.
NOTES:
1. DATUM -D- IS A PLANE IN CONTACT WITH THE HIGH POINTS OF SURFACE -G- .
2. DATUM -E- IS A PLANE PASSING THROUGH THE CENTERS OF DIAMETERS -H- AND DIAMETER -J- AND
PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -D- .
3. DATUM -F- IS A PLANE OFFSET BASIC DISTANCE SHOWN FROM THE CENTER OF DIAMETER -H- AND PERPENDICULAR
TO DATUMS -D- AND -E- .
4. DATUM -K- IS A PLANE PASSING THROUGH CENTERS OF DIAMETERS -N- AND -P- .
5. DATUM -L- IS A PLANE PASSING THROUGH THE CENTER OF DIAMETER -N- AND PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -K- .
6. DATUM -M- IS A PLANE PASSING THROUGH THE CENTER OF DIAMETER -P- AND PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -K- .
7. DIAMETERS -N- AND -P- MUST BE IN RELATION SHOWN RELATIVE TO DATUMS -E- AND -F- : HOWEVER, CENTER-
TO-CENTER DIMENSION SHOWN BETWEEN -N- AND -P- MUST BE MAINTAINED.
8. DATUM -K- IS OFFSET 0.0042 (0,1067) LEFT OF DATUM -E- .
9. PIN -AH- IS OFFSET 0.0006 (0,0152) RIGHT OF DATUM -E- .
10. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
73-11-11
Page 630
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTE:
RETOUR BP PORT
708600 SERIES.
(655/660)
-AN-
NOTE:
DIMENSIONS ARE
6.560 (166,624) DIA IN INCHES WITH
BASIC MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
1.125 (28,575)
BASIC
5.500 (139,700)
BASIC
1.125 (28,575)
BASIC
1.250 (31,750)
BASIC
1.350 (34,290)
BASIC
OR (656)
AB AN 0.015 (0,381)
6.125 (155,575)
BASIC
NOTE:
RETOUR BP PORT
708600 SERIES.
73-11-11
Page 631
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(34,163)
(107,950) (104,140)
(34,163) (77,724)
(22,352) (31,750)
1.765 (44,831)
BASIC (103,124)
(105,664)
(74,930)
(7,112)
(28,448)
(37,592)
(47,752)
(66,548)
(147,574)
3.240 (82,296)
BASIC
(23,876) (23,876)
(31,750) (31,750)
(50,292) (50,292)
(71,374) (71,374)
(127,000) (96,774)
NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
(155,575)
2.120 (53,848)
(32,512)
73-11-11
Page 632
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(c) M e a s u r e f u l l t h r e a d d e p t h o f a p p l i c a b l e e x i s t i ng h o l e , a n d r e -
cord.
(d) Drill the hole from which applicable insert was removed.
Drilled hole shall meet dimension recorded in (b), above.
R e l a t i v e l o c a t i o n o f d r i l l e d h o l e s h a l l m e e t a p p l i ca b l e r e -
quirements of figure 611.
(e) T a p t h e a p p l i c a b l e h o l e u s i n g t h e o v e r s i z e d b o tt o m i n g t a p :
Oversized Repair
Insert Bottoming Pack
Item Number Tap Number
655 3893-4 3179-4
656 3893-4 3178-4
660 3893-5 3179-5
665 3887-04 3177-04
(f) I n s p e c t t a p p e d h o l e f o r m i n i m u m f u l l t h r e a d d e pt h r e c o r d e d i n
(c) above.
(h) S e l e c t o u t e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n a p p l i c a b l e p a ck . C o a t w i t h
zinc chromate primer (TT-P-1757), and install into newly
t a p p e d h o l e , u s i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l s u p p l i e d i n a pp l i c a b l e
p a c k . I n s t a l l t o a d e p t h 1 / 4 t o 1 / 2 p i t c h b e l o w p ar t i n g s u r -
f a c e o f g e a r h o u s i n g . W i p e o f f e x c e s s p r i m e r . R e mo v e d r i v i n g
t a n g u s i n g b r e a k - o f f t o o l s u p p l i e d i n a p p l i c a b l e p ac k .
73-11-11
Page 633
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(i) S e l e c t i n n e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n p a c k . C o a t w it h z i n c c h r o -
m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n s t a l l i n t o o u t e r i n se r t , u s i n g
i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l s u p p l i e d i n a p p l i c a b l e p a c k . I n st a l l t o
depth of outer insert and align end of insert with the end of
previously installed insert. See installation note in figure
611. Wipe off excess primer.
(j) Check installation for normal fit by installing applicable
fastener, to depth of the locking coil, in insert.
(k) R e m o v e r e m a i n i n g d r i v i n g t a n g u s i n g b r e a k - o f f to o l .
CAUTION: E N S U R E T H A T H E A T E R F L A N G E I S N O T D A M A G E D D U R I N G RE P L A C E M E N T O F
STUDS.
( 5 ) R e p l a c e d a m a g e d s t u d s ( 6 5 0 ) i n t h e f o l l o w i n g ma n n e r :
(a) If the side to side movement at the end of the stud is greater
t h a n 0 . 0 6 2 i n . ( 1 , 6 m m ) , t i g h t e n t h e l o c k i n g k e y s by t a p p i n g
the keys into gear housing assembly (-640) using a hammer and
p u n c h . T h e k e y s s h o u l d b e d r i v e n d o w n u n t i l t h e s tu d i s
tight, or until the keys are flush with the top of the in-
s e r t e d e n d o f t h e s t u d . I f t h e s t u d c a n n o t b e t i g ht e n e d , r e -
place studs.
(b) C u t o f f n u t e n d o f s t u d a t a p o i n t j u s t a b o v e th e s u r f a c e o f
the heater flange.
(c) Select a drill of sufficient diameter to remove all of the
stud material between the locking keys.
(d) Drill out the material between the locking keys to a depth
s u f f i c i e n t t o a l l o w t h e l o c k i n g k e y s t o b e d r i v e n co m p l e t e l y
o u t o f t h e i r b r o a c h e d k e y w a y s , a n d a l l o w t h e i n s e r ti o n o f a n
easy-out.
(e) Insert easy-out and back out stud remnants.
(f) C o a t n e w s t u d w i t h z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - P- 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n -
s t a l l i n t o t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e u n t i l k e y s p r e v e n t f u rt h e r
penetration.
NOTE: When replacing a stud, the existing key slots may be
r e - u s e d l e n g t h ( e x t e n d e d f r o m h o u s i n g ) i s w i t h i n t ol e r -
a n c e s . I f o r i g i n a l k e y s l o t s c a n n o t b e r e - u s e d , p os i -
t i o n n e w k e y s l o t s h a l f w a y b e t w e e n e x i s t i n g k e y s l ot s .
(g) Place installation tool over nut end of stud. Using a hammer
o r a r b o r p r e s s , d r i v e t h e k e y s d o w n i n t o t h e g e a r ho u s i n g .
The tool will automatically set keys at the proper depth.
NOTE: The following insert repair applies to the 708600 se-
ries pumps only.
73-11-11
Page 634
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l o r g r i n d i n g t o o l o f s u f f i c i e n t di a m e t e r t o r e -
move all of the material between the locking keys.
(b) D r i l l o r g r i n d o u t t h e m a t e r i a l b e t w e e n t h e l o ck i n g k e y s t o a
d e p t h s u f f i c i e n t t o a l l o w t h e l o c k i n g k e y s t o b e d ri v e n o u t o f
their broached keyways.
(d) C o a t n e w i n s e r t w i t h z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P- 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n -
s t a l l i n t o t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e u n t i l k e y s p r e v e n t f u rt h e r p e n e -
tration.
(e) P l a c e i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l o v e r i n s e r t . U s i n g a h am m e r o r a r b o r
press, drive the keys down into the pump cover. The tool will
automatically set keys at the proper depth.
(7) If the mating seat for the filter bypass valve (630) is damaged,
m a c h i n e i t t o r e m o v e n i c k s o r s c r a t c h e s . S e e f i g u re 6 1 1 . I f m a t e -
r i a l r e m o v a l w i l l c a u s e s e a t s u r f a c e t o b e m o r e t h an 1 . 5 1 0 i n .
(38,35 mm) from surface -AF- , repair valve seat as follows:
(a) M a k e a v a l v e s e a t r e p a i r i n s e r t a c c o r d i n g t o t he d i m e n s i o n s
shown in figure 612 or purchase valve seat insert, PN 219948,
from Argo-Tech Corporation.
73-11-11
Page 635
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(b) I f u s i n g a l o c a l l y m a n u f a c t u r e d v a l v e s e a t i n s er t ( o t h e r t h a n
2 1 9 9 4 8 ) , p a s s i v a t e t h e v a l v e s e a t i n s e r t p e r A S T M A9 6 7 .
(c) Machine valve seat to 1.570 to 1.580 in. (39,88 to 40,13 mm)
height shown in figure 612.
(d) B o r e I D o f v a l v e s e a t t o D i m e n s i o n X . D i m e n s i on X m u s t b e
0.0025 to 0.0035 in. (0,0635 to 0,0889 mm) smaller than the
m a t i n g O D o f t h e r e p l a c e m e n t v a l v e s e a t i n s e r t . D ep t h o f t h e
bore must be 0.240 to 0.250 in. (6,096 to 6,350 mm) below ma-
chined valve seat.
(e) A p p l y c o n v e r s i o n c o a t i n g ( A l o d i n e 1 2 0 0 ) t o m a c hi n e d s u r f a c e s .
WARNING: P U T O N H E A T R E S I S T A N T G L O V E S W H E N Y O U H A N D L E H E A TE D O R
SUPER-COOLED PARTS. YOU CAN GET DANGEROUS BURNS IF YOU
TOUCH HEATED OR COOLED PARTS.
(f) Heat the gear housing assembly (-575) to 350ºF (177ºC) maxi-
mum, for no more than 30 minutes. Cool valve seat insert in
l i q u i d n i t r o g e n o r d r y i c e . Q u i c k l y i n s t a l l t h e c ol d v a l v e
seat insert in the machined bore as shown in figure 612.
Evenly press valve seat insert down while the gear housing
cools. Let housing cool to room temperature.
(g) Machine the valve seat insert to 1.500 to 1.510 in. (38,10 to
3 8 , 3 5 m m ) h e i g h t s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 1 3 . V a l v e s e a t s ur f a c e f i n -
ish and flatness must meet the requirements shown.
73-11-11
Page 636
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 8 ) R e m o v e b u r r s a n d r a i s e d m e t a l f r o m s c r a t c h e s an d w o r n a r e a s i n t h e
bearing bores.
( 9 ) I f t h e p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g c o u n t e r b o r e d i a m e t er i s g r e a t e r t h a n t h e
maximum, the bore must be machined. See CHECK paragraph AK(7).
Machine the counterbore as follows:
(b) Indicate diameter -AD- and -AE- to locate gear housing bearing
bores.
(c) R o u g h b o r e t h e 2 . 7 8 1 i n . ( 7 0 , 6 3 7 m m ) d i a m e t e r co u n t e r b o r e s t o
a d i a m e t e r a n d d e p t h t o e n s u r e a c c u r a t e f i n i s h m a c hi n i n g .
(f) L i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t r e w o r k e d a r e a s p e r A S TM E 1 4 1 7 ,
Type 1.
(g) C h r o m a t e c o n v e r s i o n c o a t a l l u n a n o d i z e d o r r e w or k e d s u r f a c e s
per AMS-2473.
(h) C l e a n h o u s i n g a s d e s c r i b e d i n C L E A N I N G.
73-11-11
Page 637
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
32
Ø2.781±(0,001)
AD 0.002 TIR
32
Ø2.781±(0,001)
AE 0.002 TIR
BLEND SMOOTH IN
REWORKED AREA
-AD- R 0.010±(0,005)
-AE-
NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES. 3.125±(0,005)
73-11-11
Page 638
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 1 0 ) S e c u r e s e r v i c e b u l l e t i n p l a t e ( 1 0 6 , I P L f i g ur e 1 ) t o c a s t s u r f a c e
of fuel pump filter housing as follows:
(a) Clean filter housing surface and plate surface with isopropyl
alcohol and scrub with a nylon acid brush.
(b) Roughen plate surfaces with a Scotch Brite pad and clean again
with isopropyl alcohol.
(c) D o n o t t o u c h c l e a n s u r f a c e s . A p p l y e p o x y ( f o l lo w i n g s t e p )
within 4 hours of cleaning or reclean surfaces.
(d) M i x t h o r o u g h l y e q u a l p a r t s A a n d B o f S u p r e m e 11 H T e p o x y .
(e) Apply an even thin layer [0.005 in. (0,127 mm) thick] of epoxy
to the plate. Press plate on filter housing.
(f) C l a m p p l a t e i n p l a c e w i t h b o n d i n g c l a m p , 2 7 8 0 1 7.
(g) W i p e o f f e x c e s s e p o x y u s i n g i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l an d c o t t o n
swaps.
(i) R e m o v e c l a m p a n d p r o t e c t i v e p l a s t i c f i l m f r o m fa c e o f p l a t e .
( 1 1 ) T o u c h u p p o l i s h e d a r e a s w i t h c o n v e r s i o n c o a t in g ( A l o d i n e 1 2 0 0 ) t o
coat exposed aluminum surfaces.
73-11-11
Page 639
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
R. Rework of Fuel Filter Cover and Gear Housing on Old Style Pumps.
(1) Rework Filter Cover VIN 216155 to VIN 219819. Refer to figure 615.
(b) Drill 0.2925 ± 0.0075 in. (7,4295 ± 0,1905 mm) through holes
- A - e q u a l l y s p a c e d 6 0 d e g r e e s a p a r t o n 5 . 5 0 0 i n . ( 13 9 , 7 0 0 m m )
diameter in six places as shown. Spotface the back surface of
each hole location to obtain a flange thickness of 0.375
± 0 . 0 1 0 i n . ( 9 , 5 2 5 ± 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) . M a i n t a i n a d i a m e te r o f 0 . 7 6 0
± 0.020 in. (19,304 ± 0,508 mm). Reference figure 615 to se-
cure proper machining.
(c) Rough mill/bore the 0.450 ± 0.010 in. (11,430 ± 0,254 mm) di-
a m e t e r c o u n t e r b o r e t o a d i a m e t e r a n d d e p t h t o e n s u re a c c u r a t e
finish machining.
(e) C o u n t e r s i n k d i a m e t e r - A - 0 . 3 5 0 ± 0 . 0 1 0 i n . ( 8 , 89 0 ± 0 , 2 5 4 m m )
x 45° ± 5° basic as shown.
(f) B r e a k s h a r p e d g e s 0 . 0 0 3 - 0 . 0 1 5 i n . ( 0 , 0 7 6 - 0 ,3 8 1 m m ) . N o
burrs permitted.
(g) C h r o m a t e c o n v e r s i o n c o a t a l l u n a n o d i z e d o r r e w or k e d s u r f a c e s
per MIL-C-5541.
(h) R e i d e n t i f y t h e r e w o r k e d f i l t e r c o v e r b y i n k s t am p i n g 2 1 9 8 1 9 i n
the area shown in figure 615.
73-11-11
Page 640
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
-A-
6 PLACES
Ø 0.2925±0.0075 (7,4295±0,1905) THRU
Ø 0.760±0.020 (19,304±0,508) SPOTFACE
DEPTH SHOWN
60° 6 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
6 PLACES E F Ø 0.010 (0,254)
-F-
0.375±0.10 (8,890±0,254)
6 PLACES DRAIN
INK STAMP
-E-
SEE DETAIL
B
R 0.020±0.005 45°±5°
(0,508±0,127)
73-11-11
Page 641
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CAUTION: T H E F O L L O W I N G R E W O R K P R O C E D U R E A F F E C T S F I V E O F S IX B O L T H O L E S
I N T H E M A I N G E A R H O U S I N G F I L T E R B O W L . T H E H O L E A D JA C E N T T O
THE PUMP NAMEPLATE IS NOT TO BE REWORKED. DRILLING THE HOLE
ADJACENT TO THE NAMEPLATE COULD DAMAGE THE HOUSING BEYOND
REPAIR.
(2) Rework Main Gear Housing Assembly VIN 216443-1 to VIN 219824-1 and
VIN 217406-1 to VIN 219823-1.
(a) R e m o v e f i v e t h r e a d e d i n s e r t s f r o m h o l e s s h o w n in f i g u r e 6 1 6 o r
figure 617 as applicable.
(b) S e t u p g e a r h o u s i n g p e r f i g u r e 6 1 6 o r f i g u r e 6 17 a s a p p l i c a -
b l e . I n d i c a t e s u r f a c e - A N - , d i a m e t e r - A B - , a n d d i am e t e r - A M -
w i t h i n a t o t a l i n d i c a t e d r e a d i n g t o m e e t t r u e p o s i ti o n t o - A B -
w i t h i n 0 . 0 1 0 i n . ( 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) T I R r e q u i r e m e n t w h e n m ac h i n i n g i s
finished.
(c) Drill and ream 0.360 ± 0.002 in. (9,144 ± 0,050 mm) through
h o l e s e q u a l l y s p a c e d 6 0 d e g r e e s a p a r t o n a 5 . 5 0 0 i n. ( 1 3 9 , 7 0 0 )
d i a m e t e r i n f i v e p l a c e s a s s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 1 6 o r fi g u r e 6 1 7
as applicable.
(d) O n h o u s i n g 2 1 6 4 4 3 - 1 , m a c h i n e t h e b a c k s u r f a c e of e a c h r e a m e d
hole location to obtain a flange thickness of 0.370 ± 0.010
in. (9,398 ± 0,254 mm). Maintain a radius of 0.025 ± 0.055
i n . ( 0 , 6 3 5 ± 0 , 1 2 7 m m ) i n t h e a r e a s h o w n a n d a r a d iu s o f 1 . 0 0 0
± 0.005 in. (25,400 ± 0,127 mm). Machined surface must be
p a r a l l e l t o s u r f a c e - A N - w i t h i n 0 . 0 0 2 i n c h ( 0 , 0 5 0 mm ) . R e f e r -
ence figure 616 to ensure proper machining.
(e) O n h o u s i n g 2 1 7 4 0 6 - 1 , m a c h i n e t h e b a c k s u r f a c e of e a c h r e a m e d
hole location to obtain a flange thickness of 0.570 ± 0.010
i n . ( 1 4 , 4 7 8 ± 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) . M a i n t a i n a r a d i u s o f 0 . 0 25 ± 0 . 0 0 5
i n . ( 0 , 6 3 5 ± 0 , 1 2 7 m m ) i n t h e a r e a s h o w n a n d a r a d iu s o f 1 . 0 0 0
± . 0 0 5 i n . ( 2 5 , 4 0 0 ± 0 , 1 2 7 m m ) . M a c h i n e d s u r f a c e mu s t b e p a r -
allel to surface -AN- within 0.002 in. (0,050 mm). Reference
figure 617 to ensure proper machining.
(f) Break sharp edges 0.003 - 0.015 in. (0,076 0 - 0,381 mm). No
burrs permitted.
(g) L i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t r e w o r k e d a r e a s p e r A S TM E 1 4 1 7 ,
Type 1.
(h) C h r o m a t e c o n v e r s i o n c o a t a l l u n a n o d i z e d o r r e w or k e d s u r f a c e s
per MIL-C-5541.
73-11-11
Page 642
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
-D-
BASIC
1.190 (30,226)
R 0.025±0.005 (0,635±0,127)
5 PLACES
A A
-AN-
-AB-
0.370±0.010 (9,398±0,254)
5 PLACES R 1.000±0.005 (25,4±0,127)
5 PLACES
0.780 (19,812)
5 PLACES AN AM Ø 0.020 (0,508)
INSERT (655)
60°
5 PLACES
-D-
NOTE:
5.500 (139,7) DIMENSIONS ARE
IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
R e w o r k o f M a i n G e a r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y V I N 2 1 6 4 4 3 - 1 to V I N 2 1 9 8 2 4 - 1
Figure 616
73-11-11
Page 643
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
BASIC
1.190 (30,226)
R 0.025±0.005 (0,635±0,127)
5 PLACES
-AN-
-AB-
0.570±0.010 (14,478±0,254)
5 PLACES R 1.000±0.005 (25,4±0,127)
5 PLACES
0.780 (19,812)
5 PLACES AN AM Ø 0.020 (0,508)
INSERT (656)
60°
5 PLACES
-D-
NOTE:
5.500 (139,7) DIMENSIONS ARE
IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
R e w o r k o f M a i n G e a r H o u s i n g V I N 2 1 7 4 0 6 - 1 t o V I N 2 1 98 2 3 - 1
Figure 617
73-11-11
Page 644
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(i) O n h o u s i n g 2 1 6 4 4 3 - 1 , r e p l a c e e x i s t i n g i n s e r t ( 65 5 ) w i t h a n e w
insert (655) per figure 616.
(j) O n h o u s i n g 2 1 7 4 0 6 - 1 , r e p l a c e e x i s t i n g i n s e r t ( 65 5 ) w i t h a n e w
insert (656) per figure 617.
(k) R e i d e n t i f y t h e r e w o r k e d m a i n g e a r h o u s i n g b y i nk s t a m p i n g
2 1 9 8 2 3 - 1 o r 2 1 9 8 2 4 - 1 , a s a p p l i c a b l e , i n t h e a r e a s ho w n i n f i g -
ure 616 or figure 617, as applicable.
From: To:
704300-1 704300-8
704300-2 704300-9
704300-3 704300-10
704300-4 704300-11
704300-5 704300-12
704300-6 704300-13
708300-1 708300-4
708300-2 708300-5
708600-1 708600-5
708600-2 708600-6
(m) R e c o r d t h e a c c o m p l i s h m e n t o f t h e a p p l i c a b l e s e rv i c e b u l l e t i n
a n d t h e d a t e o n t h e f u e l p u m p S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n p l a te .
73-11-11
Page 645/646
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
A. T h i s s e c t i o n c o n t a i n s r e c o m m e n d e d a s s e m b l y a n d st o r a g e p r o c e d u r e s f o r
t h e f u e l p u m p . A s s e m b l e t h e u n i t a s d e s c r i b e d b e l ow , t h e n r e f e r t o
TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING for break-in and test procedures. Refer to
p a r a g r a p h 4 b e l o w , a n d p e r f o r m t h e p r e s e r v a t i v e p r oc e d u r e s b e f o r e s t o r -
ing the pump.
NOTE: I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m
n u m b e r s w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t po r t i o n o f t h i s
manual, however, all references will be to only the basic item
number unless it is necessary to refer to a suffix in order to
properly identify a specific part.
B. R e f e r t o T a b l e 7 0 1 f o r a l i s t o f s p e c i a l t o o l s an d r e c o m m e n d e d a s s e m b l y
and storage materials.
NOTE: E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d u n l e s s o t h e r wi s e i n d i c a t e d .
Filter Plug, Main Filter Special tools are available from:
Bypass Valve Test, 216560 ARGO-TECH Corporation
Test Fixture, Wash Flow Filter 23555 Euclid Ave.
Bypass Valve, Test 216561 Cleveland, OH 44117
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE TORQUE FIXTURE. USING A
DIFFERENT TORQUE FIXTURE CAN CAUSE PUMP DAMAGE.
Torque Fixture, Impeller,
Inducer Assembly, 216562
(no substitute)
Shaft Seal Assembly Fixture, 216564
Spline Driver, Main Drive Shaft, 216565
Pressure Test Plate and Plug, 216692
Lubricant, Krytox 283AD E.I. DuPont DeNemours & Co.
Alternate for Ace-Kote 343X Brandywine Bldg 15305
Wilmington, DE 19898
Lubricant, Ace-Kote 343X Gopher Oil Company
Alternate for Krytox 283AD 900 Mendelson Ave. N.
Golden Valley, MN 55427
Dykem staining colors Dykem Company
8591 Delport Dr.
St. Louis, MO 63114
Deleted
73-11-11
Page 701
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Table 701. S p e c i a l T o o l s a n d A s s e m b l y M a t e r i a l s ( Co n t i n u e d )
Lubricant, Aerolubriplate F i s k e B r o t h e r s R e f i n i n g Co m p a n y
129 Lockwood Street
Newark, NJ 07105
Thread Lubricant, Silver Goop Swagelok Co.
29500 Solon Rd.
Thread Lubricant, MIL-L-24131 Solon, OH 44139
Alternate for Silver Goop Commercially available
Thread Lubricant, CP 2101 Commercially available
Alternate for Silver Goop
Thread Lubricant, Dag 156 Acheson Colloids Co.
Alternate for Silver Goop 1600 Washington Ave.
Port Huron, MI 48061
Lubricant, Oil 5W-30, Mobil 1 Commercially a v a i l a b le
Safetywire (lockwire), MS20995N20 Commercially a v a il a b l e
Safetywire (lockwire), MS20995N32 Commercially a v a il a b l e
Aviation turbine fuel, Commercially available
MIL-T-83133D(1) Grade JP-8
MIL-T-5624P Grade JP-4
ASTM D-1655 Jet A
CAN/CGSB 3.22-93, NATO F-40 or
Calibrating fluid, MIL-C-7024D Type II
Lubricant, colloidal graphite Commercially available
in isopropyl alcohol, MIL-L-24131
Corrosion preventive compound, Commercially available
MIL-C-16173, Grade 2
Hydraulic fluid, MIL-H-6083 Commercially available
2. P r e a s s e m b l y P r o c e d u r e s.
A. Preassembly Cleaning.
( 1 ) S o n i c a l l y d e g r e a s e a l l m e t a l p a r t s f o r a t l e a st 5 m i n u t e s .
( 2 ) A l l p a r t s m u s t b e c o v e r e d a n d p r o t e c t e d f r o m ai r b o r n e
contamination.
(3) Containers for materials used in assembly must be kept covered when
not in use to protect against contamination.
B. Bearing Fitting.
F i t t h e b e a r i n g s t o t h e g e a r h o u s i n g a n d h y d r a u l ic p u m p c o v e r , r e s p e c -
tively, as described in REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).
73-11-11
Page 702
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
D. Thread Lubrication.
3. A s s e m b l e F u e l P u m p.
CAUTION: A L L O W N O C O N T A M I N A N T S T O E N T E R T H E P U M P V I A P A R T S, T O O L S , H A N D S ,
ATMOSPHERE, OR LUBRICANTS.
H A N D L E A L L P A R T S C A R E F U L L Y . T H E N I T R I D E D G E A R S AN D J O U R N A L S A R E
SUSCEPTIBLE TO CHIPPING. SEAL AND BEARING SURFACES CAN BE RUINED
BY SCRATCHES. PACKINGS USED IN PUMP CAN BE EASILY CUT DURING
IMPROPER INSTALLATION.
T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e a l l o w s a t e c h n i c i a n t o a ss e m b l e t h e f u e l p u m p
u s i n g a l l n e w p a r t s r e q u i r i n g r e f i t t i n g a n d r e s h i m mi n g . T h i s m e t h o d
enables all the required steps to be described and the tooling to be
d e f i n e d ; h o w e v e r , i f t h e p u m p h a s b e e n m a r k e d c o r r ec t l y d u r i n g d i s a s -
s e m b l y , a n d i f t h e p a r t s a r e t o b e r e u s e d , o n l y s e le c t e d p o r t i o n s o f
this assembly procedure will be required.
A. I f t h e n a m e p l a t e ( 1 0 7 , I P L f i g u r e 1 ) h a s b e e n r em o v e d f r o m t h e g e a r
housing (670, IPL figure 2), attach the plate using four new screws
(108, IPL figure 1). Torque the four screws to 6-8 lb in. (0,678-0,904
N·m).
73-11-11
Page 703
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(620) (625)
(635)
(630)
B. M o u n t g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) o n w o r k b e n c h. A s s e m b l e f i l t e r b y -
p a s s v a l v e g u i d e ( 6 2 0 ) , c o m p r e s s i o n s p r i n g ( 6 2 5 ) , an d f i l t e r b y p a s s
valve (630) using retaining ring (635). See figure 701. Ensure that
the spring seats uniformly in guide and valve, and that valve stem does
not bind in guide. Install preformed packing (615) in the packing
g r o o v e o n t h e f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e c o v e r ( 6 0 0 ) . P l ac e t h e a s s e m b l e d
v a l v e i n t h e g e a r h o u s i n g , a n d s e a t t h e v a l v e . I n st a l l c o v e r o v e r v a l v e
and secure cover using three bolts (605) and three washers (610).
T o r q u e t h e b o l t s t o 9 0 - 1 1 0 l b i n . ( 1 0 , 2 - 1 2 , 4 N · m ) ab o v e t h e t o r q u e r e -
q u i r e d t o r u n t h e f a s t e n e r t h r o u g h t h e m a c h i n e d t h re a d s .
C. A t t h i s p o i n t , p e r f o r m a m a i n f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l ve t e s t . See figures 702
and 703, and Table 702 for test setup.
( 1 ) A s s e m b l e c o m p o n e n t s d e s c r i b e d i n T a b l e 7 0 2 , a nd s h o w n i n f i g u r e s
702 and 703.
(2) Apply fluid pressure to the main filter inlet passage until a level
o f 8 ± 0 . 5 p s i g ( 5 5 ± 3 , 5 k P a g a g e ) i s r e a c h e d . I f le a k a g e i s o b -
served through the filter bypass valve (630, figure 2), as indi-
c a t e d b y f l u i d f l o w f r o m p o r t A , p o s i t i o n a c o n t a i ne r t o c o l l e c t
such leakage. Record the length of time under test conditions, and
the amount of leakage collected. The valve leakage rate shall not
exceed 50 cm3/minute.
73-11-11
Page 704
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
MAKE SURE
SHALL BE PERFORMED AT
(85)
PEF
(-575)
73-11-11
Page 705
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
Page 706
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
F u e l P u m p C o m p o n e n t s.
G e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) a n d f i l t e r b y p a s s v a lv e ( 6 3 0 ) i n s t a l l e d a s
described in paragraph 2B.
Test Equipment.
H e a t e x c h a n g e r b l a n k i n g p l a t e ( p a r t o f 2 1 6 6 9 2 ) d e s ig n e d t o m a t e w i t h t h e p u m p
h e a t e x c h a n g e r f l a n g e a n d s e a l t h e h e a t e x c h a n g e r ou t l e t p o r t ( t h e p o r t w h i c h
does not contain the PBP pressure tap).
Preformed packing, M83248-1-123 (2 ea.)
Drain plug for bearing cavity (part of 216692).
F i l t e r p l u g , 2 1 6 5 6 0 , a n d f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) i n s t a ll e d a s s h o w n i n f i g u r e 7 0 3 .
Inlet fitting (part of 216560).
A threaded plug and packing to seal the PEF filter inlet pressure tap.
N O T E : A n i n l e t f i t t i n g s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d i n f i l t e r c o v er ( 4 9 5 ) .
T e s t s t a n d c o n s i s t i n g o f a t e s t f l u i d s u p p l y s y s t em c a p a b l e o f m a i n t a i n i n g a
p r e s s u r e r a n g i n g f r o m 5 - 2 5 ± 0 . 2 5 p s i g ( 3 4 , 5 - 1 7 2 ± 1 ,7 2 k P a g a g e ) a n d a f l o w
range of 0-1 gpm.
Fluid pressure gage having a minimum range of 0-25 psig (0-172 kPa gage), a
m i n i m u m a c c u r a c y o f ± 0 . 2 5 p s i ( 1 , 7 2 k P a ) , a n d a m a xi m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n o f 0 . 2 5
psi (1,72 kPa) (calibrated).
Graduate having a minimum capacity of 100 cm3, a maximum gage division of
1,0 cm3, and a minimum accuracy of ±1,0 cm3.
Test Fluid.
80° ±20°F (27° ±11.1°C) at pump inlet:
(1) A v i a t i o n t u r b i n e f u e l , M I L - T - 5 6 2 4 , G r a d e J P- 4 , o r
(2) Calibrating fluid, MIL-C-7024, Type II, or
(3) CAN/CGSB 3.22-93, NATO F-40 or
(4) Jet A, ASTM D-1655, or
(5) A v i a t i o n t u r b i n e f u e l , M I L - T - 8 3 1 3 3 D ( 1 ) , G r ad e J P - 8
73-11-11
Page 707
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 3 ) S l o w l y i n c r e a s e t h e a p p l i e d f l u i d p r e s s u r e u n ti l t h e l e a k a g e f l o w
r a t e i n c r e a s e s ( v a l v e c r a c k p o i n t ) . T h e v a l v e c r a ck i n g p r e s s u r e
shall be 15 ±l psid (103 ±6,9 kPa).
( 4 ) A f t e r s a t i s f a c t o r y c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f i l t e r b yp a s s v a l v e t e s t , d o
not remove the valve from the gear housing assembly. Filter bypass
valve (630), compression spring (625), guide (620), retaining ring
( 6 3 5 ) , p a c k i n g ( 6 1 5 ) , a n d c o v e r ( 6 0 0 ) m u s t r e m a i n in p l a c e a f t e r
satisfactory completion of the test.
NOTE: I f v a l v e d o e s n o t p a s s t e s t , d i s a s s e m b l e v a l v e u si n g
DISASSEMBLY paragraph 3Z. Inspect using CHECK paragraphs
2 A E , A F , A G , A H , a n d A K ( 3 ) ; r e p a i r s e a t u s i n g R E P A IR p a r a -
g r a p h 2 Q ( 8 ) ; o r r e p l a c e v a l v e o r g e a r h o u s i n g . R e as s e m b l e
using paragraph 3B, above, and retest.
( 5 ) R e m o v e t e s t p l u g a n d p a c k i n g f r o m P E F p o r t . Re m o v e a d a p t e r s f r o m
g e a r h o u s i n g , a n d r e m o v e g e a r h o u s i n g f r o m t e s t s t an d .
NOTE: I f e i t h e r o r b o t h o f t h e p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s ( 4 60 a n d 4 6 5 )
are to be replaced, they must be fitted to the gear housing
bearing bores in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).
D. I n s t a l l c o m p r e s s i o n s p r i n g s ( 4 7 5 ) i n b o t h p r e s s u r i ze d b e a r i n g s . I n s t a l l
dowel pin (470) in pressurized drive bearing (460). Assemble packings
( 4 8 5 ) a n d b a c k u p r i n g s ( 4 8 0 ) o n p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n gs ( 4 6 0 a n d 4 6 5 ) . I n -
s t a l l p a c k i n g a d j a c e n t t o b e a r i n g f l a n g e . U s e a n am p l e a m o u n t o f l u b r i -
c a n t ( A e r o l u b r i p l a t e o r M o b i l 1 ) t o e n s u r e t h a t p a ck i n g s a n d b a c k u p
rings stay on bearings.
E. A s s e m b l e p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s ( 4 6 0 a n d 4 6 5 ) . C oa t t h e g e a r h o u s i n g
bores with lubricant (Aerolubriplate or Mobil 1). Match eccentricity of
b e a r i n g s w i t h t h a t o f b o r e . C a r e f u l l y p o s i t i o n p r es s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s
into gear housing bores. The pressurized bearings should move freely in
the bores without binding.
NOTE: I f e i t h e r o r b o t h p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s a r e n e w , fi t t o b e a r i n g
bore per REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).
73-11-11
Page 708
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CAUTION: F A I L U R E T O L A P O R B U R N I S H B E A R I N G S A C C O R D I N G T O TO L E R A N C E
SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 2J(2) MAY RESULT IN BEARING FAILURE DURING
P U M P O P E R A T I O N . E X T R E M E C A R E S H O U L D B E T A K E N T O A SS U R E P R O P E R
LAPPING AND BURNISHING.
F. C o a t t h e j o u r n a l s o f t h e m a t c h e d s e t o f g e a r s ( 44 0 a n d 4 4 5 ) w i t h l u b r i -
cant (Aerolubriplate or Mobil 1). Install packing (450) and backup ring
(455) in packing groove of drive gear, as shown in figure 704. Backup
r i n g s h o u l d b e i n s t a l l e d i n b o a r d o f p r e f o r m e d p a c k in g . A s s e m b l e m a t c h e d
s e t o f g e a r s i n p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s a s f o l l o w s : pa c k i n g e n d o f g e a r
( 4 4 0 ) i n t o b e a r i n g ( 4 6 0 ) , a n d g e a r ( 4 4 5 ) i n t o b e a r in g ( 4 6 5 ) w i t h i d e n t i -
fication groove in end of gear upward.
NOTE: I f g e a r s ( 4 4 0 a n d 4 4 5 ) ( m a t c h e d s e t ) a r e b e i n g r eu s e d , c h e c k t h a t
the bluing marks are aligned properly to ensure the same mesh.
NOTE: If either or both fixed bearings are new, fit to bearing bore per
REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).
(450, 485)
(455, 480)
73-11-11
Page 709
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
CAUTION: F A I L U R E T O L A P O R B U R N I S H B E A R I N G S A C C O R D I N G T O TO L E R A N C E
SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 2J(2) MAY RESULT IN BEARING FAILURE DURING
P U M P O P E R A T I O N . E X T R E M E C A R E S H O U L D B E T A K E N T O A SS U R E P R O P E R
LAPPING AND BURNISHING.
E N S U R E T H A T F I X E D B E A R I N G S ( 4 2 5 A N D 4 3 0 ) F I T S Q U AR E L Y I N T H E G E A R
H O U S I N G B E A R I N G B O R E S T O P R E V E N T G A L L I N G O F T H E B O RE S .
G. L i g h t l y c o a t t h e g e a r h o u s i n g b o r e s w i t h l u b r i c an t ( A e r o l u b r i p l a t e o r
M o b i l 1 ) . I n s t a l l m a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s ( 42 5 a n d 4 3 0 ) i n t h e
gear housing bores and on the gear journals. Align bearings so that
l u b e h o l e s a r e p o s i t i o n e d t o w a r d f i l t e r s i d e o f h o us i n g . P l a c e d o w e l
pin (415) in groove between fixed bearings.
NOTE: I f o n e o f t h e m a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s i s f ou n d t o b e d e f e c -
tive, both must be replaced and fitted to the gear housing bear-
ing bore in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).
H. I n s e r t t h e l a r g e d i a m e t e r s p l i n e o f t h e b o o s t s ta g e d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 1 0 ) i n
the drive gear spline.
J. I n s e r t t h e c o n t r o l d r i v e s h a f t ( 3 7 0 ) i n t h e b o o st s t a g e d r i v e s h a f t i n -
ternal spline.
K. I f b e a r i n g p l a t e ( 4 0 5 ) o r t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 3 5 0 ) ha s b e e n r e p l a c e d , o r i f
the impeller/inducer cluster has been disassembled, measure and record
t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a n d t h r u s t b e a r in g d i m e n s i o n J , w h e n
assembled without dowel pin or springs installed. See figure 705. This
dimension will be referred to in paragraph M.
NOTE: I f r e p a i r i n g / r e p l a c i n g b e a r i n g p l a t e ( 4 0 5 ) o r t h ru s t b e a r i n g
(350), verify shimming requirements in step M.
L. I n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y ( - 3 7 5 ) o v e r th e d o w e l p i n s l o c a t e d i n
t h e g e a r h o u s i n g . I n s t a l l 1 0 b o l t s ( 3 8 0 ) a n d w a s h er s ( 3 8 5 ) t h r o u g h t h e
b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y a n d i n t o g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m bl y . T o r q u e t h e b o l t s
t o 2 3 0 - 2 5 0 l b i n . ( 2 6 - 2 8 N · m ) a b o v e t h e t o r q u e r e q ui r e d t o r u n t h e f a s -
teners through the locking coil.
NOTE: W h e n t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y ( - 3 7 5 ) i s i n s t a l le d i n t o t h e g e a r
housing assembly (-640), one of the two pins (395) used in the
bearing plate assembly is used as an alignment pin to ensure
proper assembly to the gear housing. Some bearing plate assembly
r e p a i r a c t i o n s c a n c a u s e t h e r e p l a c e m e n t o f t h i s p in w i t h a f a b -
ricated replacement pin. See REPAIR paragraph 2H for additional
information.
73-11-11
Page 710
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(415)
(360)
B e a r i n g P l a t e a n d T h r u s t B e a r i n g T h i c k n e s s R e q u i r e me n t
Figure 705
M. A s s e m b l e t h e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r a n d d e t e r mi n e s h i m r e q u i r e m e n t s
using the following procedure. See figure 706 and IPL figure 2.
( 2 ) S e e i n d u c e r s h i m p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 7 0 6 a n d c a lc u l a t e i n d u c e r s h i m
requirements as follows:
(b) Press inducer into throat of pump cover (-160) and measure di-
mension B, parting surface to inducer hub. Remove inducer.
(c) Place nut (290) in pump cover and seat squarely on thrust
b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 ) , a s s h o w n . M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n C , p a r ti n g s u r f a c e
to nut. Remove nut.
(d) R e q u i r e d i n d u c e r s h i m t h i c k n e s s D c a n b e d e t e r mi n e d u s i n g t h e
following formula:
S e l e c t i n d u c e r s h i m s ( 2 3 0 ) , a s n e e d e d , t o o b t a i n re q u i r e d
thickness D ±0.002 in. (0,051 mm).
73-11-11
Page 711
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
Page 712
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(-160)
(265)
(0,152 - 0,203)
(250) (245)
(230)
(290)
(285)
IMPELLER SHIM
(325)
(310)
NOTES:
ITEM NUMBERS
(-375) CORRESPOND TO THOSE IN
IPL FIG. 2.
SHROUD SHIM
73-11-11
Page 713
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(e) B u i l d c l e a r a n c e o f 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 6 i n c h ( 0 , 1 0 2 - 0 , 1 52 m m ) m u s t b e
met with inducer (245), shims (230), and nut (290) assembled
on shaft (285). Install assembly in pump cover and take up
end play by exerting pressure on inducer in THRUST direction
shown to ensure proper clearance.
( 3 ) S e e i m p e l l e r s h i m p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 7 0 6 a n d c al c u l a t e i m p e l l e r s h i m
requirements as follows:
(a) R e m o v e t h e s h a f t a s s e m b l y i n s t a l l e d i n s t e p ( 2 )( e ) a b o v e . I n -
s t a l l n u t ( 2 9 0 ) , s h i m s ( 2 3 0 ) , a n d i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) i n to t h e p u m p
cover (-160).
(b) W i t h e n d p l a y t a k e n u p a s d e s c r i b e d i n s t e p ( 2 )( e ) a b o v e m e a s -
u r e d i m e n s i o n E , p a r t i n g s u r f a c e t o i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) hu b .
(d) P l a c e i m p e l l e r i n p u m p c o v e r s o t h a t b o o s t s t a ge b l a d e s o n t h e
impeller contact the larger conical bore in cover. Measure di-
mension G, parting surface to impeller hub.
(e) R e q u i r e d i m p e l l e r s h i m t h i c k n e s s H c a n b e d e t e rm i n e d u s i n g t h e
following formula:
( 4 ) S e e s h a f t s h i m p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 7 0 6 a n d c a l c ul a t e s h a f t s h i m
requirements as follows:
(a) W i t h n u t ( 2 9 0 ) t h r e a d e d a l l t h e w a y o n s h a f t ( 28 5 ) a n d e n d
p l a y t a k e n u p a s d e s c r i b e d i n s t e p ( 3 ) ( f ) a b o v e m e as u r e d i m e n -
sion S, parting surface to shaft (285) flange.
73-11-11
Page 714
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(c) R e q u i r e d s h a f t s h i m t h i c k n e s s K c a n b e d e t e r m i ne d u s i n g t h e
following formula:
S e l e c t s h a f t s h i m s ( 2 7 0 ) , a s n e e d e d , t o o b t a i n r e qu i r e d t h i c k -
ness K ±0.001 in. (0,025 mm). Install shims (270), key (305),
i m p e l l e r ( 2 6 5 ) , s h i m s ( 2 5 0 ) , i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) , s h i m s (2 3 0 ) , a n d
nut (290) on impeller shaft (285).
CAUTION: N U T ( 2 9 0 ) M U S T B E T O R Q U E D T O 1 3 0 0 - 1 4 0 0 L B I N . ( 1 47 - 1 5 8 N · M )
WHEN INSTALLED ON IMPELLER SHAFT 215535 OR 950-1050 LB IN.
( 1 0 7 - 1 1 9 N · M ) W H E N I N S T A L L E D O N I M P E L L E R S H A F T 2 1 7 24 0 A N D
218964. FAILURE TO APPLY CORRECT TORQUE RANGE MAY RESULT IN
DRIVE TRAIN FAILURE AND SEVERE PUMP DAMAGE.
( 5 ) M o u n t i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r o n t o r q u e f i x t ur e , 2 1 6 5 6 2 , a n d u s i n g
spline driver, torque nut (290) to:
(a) 1 3 0 0 - 1 4 0 0 l b i n . ( 1 4 7 - 1 5 8 N · m ) w h e n i n s t a l l e d on i m p e l l e r
shaft 215535.
( 6 ) M o u n t i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r o n i n s p e c t i o n ce n t e r s a n d i n s p e c t a s
specified in CHECK paragraph 2J.
( 7 ) C a l c u l a t e a x i a l e n d p l a y o f i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r cl u s t e r , w h e n i n -
s t a l l e d i n b e a r i n g p l a t e ( - 3 7 5 ) a n d p u m p c o v e r ( - 1 60 ) . S e e s h a f t
shim portion of figure 706.
(b) M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n M , i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( 2 8 5 ) f l a n ge t o n u t ( 2 9 0 )
thrust face.
(c) A x i a l e n d p l a y N c a n b e d e t e r m i n e d u s i n g t h e f ol l o w i n g
formula:
N = [L - J - M]
A x i a l e n d p l a y N m u s t b e 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 8 i n . ( 0 , 1 5 2 - 0 ,2 0 3 m m ) .
73-11-11
Page 715
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTE: A s s e m b l e d a x i a l e n d p l a y N w i l l b e t a k e n u p b y s pr i n g s
( 3 6 5 ) i n s t a l l e d b e t w e e n b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) a n d t h r u s t b ea r -
ing (350).
( 8 ) S e e s h r o u d s h i m p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 7 0 6 a n d c a l cu l a t e s h r o u d s h i m
requirements as follows:
(a) I n s t a l l s h r o u d ( 3 1 0 ) o n b e a r i n g p l a t e ( - 3 7 5 ) u si n g t h r e e
screws (315) and washers (320).
(d) R e q u i r e d s h r o u d s h i m t h i c k n e s s P c a n b e d e t e r m in e d u s i n g t h e
following formula:
S e l e c t s h r o u d s h i m s ( 3 2 5 ) t h r o u g h ( 3 3 1 ) a s r e q u i r ed t o o b t a i n
desired thickness P ±0.001 in. (0,025 mm).
(e) R e m o v e s h r o u d ( 3 1 0 ) b y r e m o v i n g t h r e e s c r e w s ( 31 5 ) a n d w a s h e r s
(320). Selected shims and shroud will be installed as de-
scribed in paragraph P.
73-11-11
Page 716
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
S. I n s t a l l i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r o v e r c o n t r o l d ri v e s h a f t ( 3 7 0 ) a n d
boost stage drive shaft (410).
NOTE: The wash flow filter bypass valve (130) and guide (135) must be
lapped prior to installation as specified in REPAIR paragraph 2C.
T. Install packing (140) on wash flow filter bypass valve guide (135); in-
stall wash flow filter bypass valve (130) in guide. Install guide and
v a l v e i n p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) . I n s t a l l c o m p re s s i o n s p r i n g ( 1 2 5 )
in valve. Place packing (120) on wash flow filter bypass valve retainer
( 1 1 5 ) , a n d i n s t a l l r e t a i n e r o v e r s p r i n g i n p u m p c o ve r a s s e m b l y . T o r q u e
retainer (115) to 90-110 lb in. (10,2-12,4 N·m).
U. A t t h i s p o i n t i n a s s e m b l y o f t h e p u m p , t h e f o l l ow i n g t e s t s m u s t b e p e r -
formed on the wash flow filter bypass valve (130), guide (135), packings
( 1 2 0 a n d 1 4 0 ) , c o m p r e s s i o n s p r i n g ( 1 2 5 ) , a n d r e t a i ne r ( 1 1 5 ) i n s t a l l e d i n
the pump cover assembly. See figure 707 and Table 703 for test setup.
(b) A p p l y f l u i d p r e s s u r e t o t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e p a s sa g e u n t i l a
level of 8 ±0.5 psig (55 ±3,5 kPa gage) is reached. If leak-
age is observed through the wash flow filter bypass valve
( 1 3 0 ) , p o s i t i o n a c o n t a i n e r t o c o l l e c t s u c h l e a k a g e. R e c o r d
t h e l e n g t h o f t i m e u n d e r t e s t c o n d i t i o n s a n d t h e a mo u n t o f
leakage collected. At the completion of the test, determine
the average wash flow filter bypass valve leak rate by divid-
i n g t h e t o t a l l e a k a g e v o l u m e i n c u b i c c e n t i m e t e r s by t h e
e l a p s e d t i m e u n d e r t e s t i n m i n u t e s . T h e v a l v e l e a ka g e r a t e
shall not exceed 25 cm3/minute.
(c) S l o w l y i n c r e a s e t h e a p p l i e d f l u i d p r e s s u r e u n t il t h e l e a k a g e
f l o w r a t e i n c r e a s e s ( v a l v e c r a c k p o i n t ) . R e c o r d t he f l u i d
p r e s s u r e a t t h i s p o i n t . V a l v e c r a c k i n g p r e s s u r e s ha l l b e
10 psig (69 kPa gage) minimum.
73-11-11
Page 717
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTES:
ALL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS SHALL
BE PREFORMED AT TEST SITE
PREVAILING AMBIENT CONDITIONS OF
TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY, AND
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE.
MAIN FLANGE ADAPTER AND CONTROL
FLANGE ADAPTER ARE PART OF
PRESSURE TEST FIXTURE, 216561.
73-11-11
Page 718
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
NOTES:
ALL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS SHALL
BE PREFORMED AT TEST SITE
PREVAILING AMBIENT CONDITIONS OF
TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY, AND
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE.
MAIN FLANGE ADAPTER AND CONTROL
FLANGE ADAPTER ARE PART OF
PRESSURE TEST FIXTURE, 216561.
73-11-11
Page 719
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Table 703. W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t C o m po n e n t s
F u e l P u m p a n d F i l t e r A s s e m b l y C o m p o n e n t s.
P u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) a n d w a s h f l o w f i l t e r b yp a s s v a l v e ( 1 3 0 ) i n s t a l l e d
as described in paragraph 3T.
T e s t E q u i p m e n t.
M a i n f l a n g e a d a p t e r , w i t h d u m m y w a s h f l o w f i l t e r el e m e n t , a n d c o n t r o l f l a n g e
adapter (part of pressure test fixture, 216561).
I n l e t a n d o u t l e t f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e s ; f l o w c a p a b i li t y m u s t e x c e e d 5 8 g p m
( 2 2 , 2 7 0 p h r ) ( 2 2 0 l/ m i n ) .
A n a d a p t e r f o r t h e P F p o r t , d i s c h a r g e p a s s a g e 0 . 4 80 i n . ( 1 2 , 1 9 2 m m ) i n
diameter.
Cracking:
T e s t s t a n d c o n s i s t i n g o f a t e s t f l u i d s u p p l y s y s t em c a p a b l e o f m a i n t a i n i n g
a pressure ranging from 5-25 ±0.25 psig (34,5-172 ±1,7 kPa gage) and a flow
r a n g e o f 0 - 1 g p m ( O - 3 8 4 p h r ) ( 0 - 3 , 8 l/ m i n ) .
Flow:
T e s t s t a n d c o n s i s t i n g o f a t e s t f l u i d s u p p l y s y s t em c a p a b l e o f m a i n t a i n i n g
a f l u i d p r e s s u r e o f 2 5 p s i q ( 1 7 2 k P a g a g e ) a t a f l ow o f 5 8 g p m ( 2 2 , 2 7 0 p h r )
( 2 2 0 l/ m i n ) . A f i l t e r s h a l l b e i n s t a l l e d i n t h e f l u i d s up p l y l i n e t o t h e
test specimen capable of removing all particles to at least the 20 micron
absolute, 10 micron nominal, level.
Fluid pressure gage having a minimum range of 0-30 psig (0-207 kPa gage), a
m i n i m u m a c c u r a c y o f ± 0 . 2 5 p s i ( 1 , 7 k P a ) , a n d a m a x im u m g a g e d i v i s i o n o f
0.25 psi (1,7 kPa) (calibrated).
Graduate having a minimum capacity of 100 cm3, a maximum gage division of
1 cm3, and a minimum accuracy of ±1 cm3.
P u m p d i s c h a r g e f l o w m e t e r w i t h i n d i c a t o r h a v i n g a mi n i m u m r a n g e o f 1 0 - 5 0 g p m
( 3 8 4 0 - 1 9 , 2 0 0 p h r ) ( 3 7 , 9 - 1 8 9 l/ m i n ) , a m i n i m u m a c c u r a c y o f ± 0 . 5 g p m ( 1 9 2 p h r )
( 1 , 9 l/ m i n ) , a n d a m a x i m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n o f 0 . 2 g p m ( 7 6 . 8 p h r ) ( 0 , 7 6 l/ m i n ) .
PF port flowmeter with indicator having a minimum range of 10-15 gpm (3840-
5 7 6 0 p h r ) ( 3 7 , 9 - 5 6 , 8 l/ m i n ) , a m i n i m u m a c c u r a c y o f ± 0 . 1 g p m ( 3 8 . 4 p h r )
( 0 , 3 8 l/ m i n ) , a n d a m a x i m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n o f 0 . 1 g p m ( 3 8 . 4 p h r ) ( 0 , 3 8 l/ m i n ) .
Differential pressure gage with a minimum range of 0-25 psid (0-172 kPa), and
accuracy of ±0.5 psi (3,5 kPa).
A t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r w i t h i n d i c a t o r c a p a b l e o f r e ad i n g b e t w e e n 5 0 º - 1 0 0 º F
( 1 0 0 º - 3 7 . 8 º C ) m e a s u r e d a t p u m p i n l e t w i t h a n a c c u r ac y o f ± 3 º F ( 1 . 7 º C ) ;
maximum gage division 1ºF (0,6ºC).
73-11-11
Page 720
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Table 703. W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t C o m po n e n t s ( C o n t i n u e d )
Test Fluid.
80º ±20ºF (27º ±11.1ºC) at pump inlet:
(1) ASTM D-1655 Jet A,
(2) A v i a t i o n t u r b i n e f u e l ( M I L - T - 5 6 2 4 P , G r a d e J P -4 ) ,
(3) Aviation turbine fuel (MIL-T-83133D(1), Grade JP-8),
(4) Calibrating fluid (MIL-C-7024D, Type II), or
(5) CAN/CGSB-3.22-93 NATO F-40.
(b) S t a r t c i r c u l a t i n g p u m p a n d a d j u s t i n l e t f l o w c on t r o l a n d dis-
charge flow control valves, simultaneously, until a flow of 44
± 1 g p m ( 1 6 , 8 9 6 ± 3 8 4 p h r ) ( 1 6 7 ± 3 , 8 l/ m i n ) i s m e a s u r e d a t pump
discharge flowmeter and a flow of 14 ±0.5 gpm (5376 ±192 phr)
( 5 3 ± 1 , 9 l/ m i n ) i s m e a s u r e a t P F p o r t f l o w m e t e r .
(c) R e c o r d t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e b e t w e e n p u m p di s c h a r g e p o r t
a n d t h e P F p o r t . D i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e s h a l l b e 2 1. 0 p s i d
(145 kPa) maximum.
NOTE: I f v a l v e d o e s n o t p a s s t e s t , d i s a s s e m b l e , c h e c k an d r e -
p a i r o r r e p l a c e v a l v e , g u i d e , o r s p r i n g . R e a s s e m b le
and retest.
(3) Remove all test equipment from pump cover and continue with para-
graph V.
NOTE: A f t e r b y p a s s v a l v e i s t e s t e d , i t s h a l l r e m a i n a s se m b l e d
w i t h i n p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y . I f b y - p a s s v a l v e i s r em o v e d f o r
any reason, it must be retested.
V. I n s t a l l w a s h f l o w f i l t e r ( 2 2 5 ) i n p u m p c o v e r ( - 16 0 ) . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g s
( 2 0 5 , 2 1 0 , 2 1 5 , a n d 2 2 0 ) i n p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y , u si n g a m p l e l u b r i c a t i o n
(Aerolubriplate or Mobil 1) to ensure that packings remain in place dur-
i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n o f p u m p c o v e r . C a r e f u l l y p l a c e p um p c o v e r a s s e m b l y
o v e r t h e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r a n d m a t c h c o v e r wi t h d o w e l p i n ( 6 4 5 ) .
Install 12 bolts (165), with 10 washers (170), and bracket (167) through
pump cover assembly and into gear housing assembly (-640). Torque bolts
t o 9 0 - 1 1 0 l b i n . ( 1 0 , 2 - 1 2 , 4 N · m ) a b o v e t o r q u e r e q u ir e d t o r u n b o l t s
through locking coil.
W. I n s t a l l f i v e D - h e a d b o l t s ( 5 0 7 ) i n t o g e a r h o u s i ng a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) a n d
secure with retaining rings (506).
73-11-11
Page 721
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
Z. Apply MIL-L-24131 lubricant to five D-head bolts (507) and one bolt
( - 5 0 0 B ) . I n s t a l l f i v e n u t s ( 5 0 3 ) w i t h w a s h e r s ( - 5 05 B ) o n t o D - h e a d
bolts. Install one bolt (500B) with washer (505B) through filter cover
(495A) and into gear housing. Torque nuts and bolt to 70-80 lb in.
(7,9-9,0 N·m).
AA. Install packing (40) in seal carrier (25), and press stationary shaft
seal (35) into seal carrier, according to paragraph AB.
NOTE: I n s p e c t s t a t i o n a r y s h a f t s e a l ( 3 5 ) f o r o b v i o u s d ef e c t s p r i o r t o
installation.
AB. Install stationary shaft seal (35) in the seal carrier (25) in the fol-
lowing manner:
(1) See figure 708. Mount seal assembly fixture, 216564, items A, B,
and C, on arbor press as shown in Step 1.
73-11-11
Page 722
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 2 ) L u b r i c a t e p a c k i n g ( 4 0 ) w i t h l u b r i c a n t ( A e r o l u br i p l a t e o r M o b i l 1 )
and install in seal carrier (25).
( 4 ) P l a c e s e a l ( 3 5 ) o n d r i v e r ( E ) . S e t d r i v e r E in g u i d e ( D ) a n d s e a l
carrier with seal end facing up.
( 5 ) L o w e r a r b o r p r e s s r a m u n t i l f a c e o f r a m a d a p t er ( C ) r e s t s c e n t e r e d
on seal. Do not apply pressure.
73-11-11
Page 723
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(7) Remove driver (E) and seal from guide (D), and invert driver and
seal as shown in Step 2, figure 708.
( 8 ) L o w e r a r b o r p r e s s r a m o n t o d r i v e r ( E ) a n d c o n ti n u e t o l o w e r u n t i l
i n d i c a t o r r e a d s b e t w e e n 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 i n . ( 0 , 0 5 1 - 0 , 0 00 m m ) .
A C . D e t e r m i n e t h e s h i m s ( 7 5 ) r e q u i r e d . A s s e m b l e a nd i n s t a l l t h e s e a l c a r -
rier assembly (-5), packings (30 and 50), rotating seal ring (55), wash-
ers (60, 70, and 90), spring washer (65), and main drive shaft (45) in
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h f i g u r e 7 0 9 a n d t h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e du r e :
( 1 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n A ( s e a l c a r r i e r mo u n t i n g f a c e o n g e a r
housing to shoulder of drive gear).
CAUTION: USE CARE WHEN MEASURING SEAL (35). DO NOT DAMAGE CARBON FACE
OF SEAL WHILE HANDLING.
( 2 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n B ( f a c e o f s e a l ca r r i e r t o f a c e o f
solid carbon insert).
( 3 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n C [ t h i c k n e s s o f ro t a t i n g s e a l r i n g
(55) flange].
( 4 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n E [ t h i c k n e s s o f ou t e r s h o u l d e r w a s h e r
(60), not including shoulder].
( 5 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n F [ t h i c k n e s s o f in n e r s h o u l d e r w a s h e r
(70), not including shoulder].
( 6 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n G [ t h i c k n e s s o f wa s h e r ( 9 0 ) ] .
( 7 ) D e t e r m i n e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e s i n g l e s h i m ( 7 5) , ± 0 . 0 0 3 i n .
(0,076 mm), by using the following formula:
D = A - [ B + C + E + F + G + 0 . 0 5 5 i n . ( 1 , 3 9 7 m m) ]
NOTE: S h i m t h i c k n e s s D c a l c u l a t e d c a n v a r y ± 0 . 0 0 3 i n . (0 , 0 7 6 m m ) ,
to allow use of available shims. Only one shim can be used
to achieve D ±0.003 inch (0,076 mm).
( 8 ) A s s e m b l e p a c k i n g ( 5 0 ) o n t o m a i n d r i v e s h a f t ( 45 ) . A p p l y 3 g r a m s o f
l u b r i c a n t ( K r y t o x 2 8 3 A D o r A c e - K o t e 3 4 3 X ) t o s p l i n es ( d r i v e g e a r )
o f d r i v e s h a f t , a n d i n s t a l l s h a f t i n t o d r i v e g e a r sp l i n e .
( 9 ) I n s t a l l w a s h e r ( 9 0 ) , s e l e c t e d s h i m ( 7 5 ) , i n n er s h o u l d e r w a s h e r
(70), spring washer (65), and outer shoulder washer (60) on shoul-
der of drive gear.
(10) Install rotating seal ring (55) in spline of drive gear as shown in
figure 709.
73-11-11
Page 724
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(11) Install packing (30) on seal carrier assembly (-5), and assemble
s e a l c a r r i e r t o g e a r h o u s i n g u s i n g b o l t s ( 1 0 ) a n d wa s h e r s ( 1 5 ) .
Torque bolts to 90-110 lb in. (10,2-12,4 N·m) above torque required
to run through locking coil to gear housing.
INNER
SHOULDER
WASHER (70)
PREFORMED
PACKING (50)
73-11-11
Page 725
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
A D . I f t h e r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 ) r e q u i r e s r ea s s e m b l y p r i o r t o i n s t a l -
lation in the gear housing, proceed as follows:
( 1 ) C a r e f u l l y i n s t a l l p i s t o n ( 5 9 0 ) i n t o r e l i e f v a lv e h o u s i n g ( 5 9 5 ) ;
e n s u r e t h a t p i s t o n s e a t i s n o t d a m a g e d d u r i n g i n s t al l a t i o n .
( 2 ) I n s t a l l p a c k i n g ( 5 8 0 ) i n t o p a c k i n g g r o o v e o n re l i e f v a l v e c o v e r
(570).
( 4 ) P l a c e w a s h e r ( 5 7 5 ) a n t o p o f s p r i n g a n d i n s t a ll r e l i e f v a l v e c o v e r
( 5 7 0 ) , o v e r w a s h e r a n d s p r i n g , i n t o r e l i e f v a l v e h ou s i n g .
( 5 ) T h r e a d c o v e r i n t o h o u s i n g u n t i l c o v e r s e a t s a ga i n s t s p r i n g . E n s u r e
that distance between cover shoulder and valve body hex flange is
0.700 ±0.010 in. (17,780 ±0,254 mm).
( 6 ) A p p l y c o r r o s i o n p r e v e n t i v e c o m p o u n d ( M I L - C - 1 6 17 3 , G r a d e 2 ) t o
threads of relief valve nut (565). Thread nut onto relief valve
cover (570).
A E . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g s ( 5 4 5 a n d 5 5 0 ) i n p a c k i n g g r o o ve s o n r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m -
bly (-560). Install relief valve assembly in gear housing assembly
(-640). Torque relief valve assembly to 135-165 lb in. (15,3-18,6 N·m).
A F . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g s ( 1 5 0 a n d 1 5 5 ) i n p a c k i n g g r o o ve s o n l u b e f l o w s c r e e n
assembly (145). Install lube flow screen assembly in pump cover assem-
b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) a n d t o r q u e t o 9 0 - 1 1 0 l b i n . ( 1 0 , 2 - 1 2 , 4 N· m ) .
AG. Install mounting flange assembly (-95) on gear housing assembly (-640).
A p p l y t h r e a d l u b r i c a n t ( S i l v e r G o o p o r t h r e a d l u b r ic a n t , M I L - L - 2 4 1 3 1 , C P
2 1 0 1 , o r D a g 1 5 6 ) t o t h r e a d s a n d u n d e r h e a d s o f s cr e w s ( 1 0 0 a n d - 1 0 0 A . )
I n s t a l l s c r e w s t h r o u g h m o u n t i n g f l a n g e a n d i n t o g e ar h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( -
6 4 0 ) . T o r q u e s c r e w s ( 1 0 0 ) t o 9 5 - 1 0 5 l b i n . ( 1 0 , 7 - 11 , 9 N · m ) a b o v e t h e
t o r q u e r e q u i r e d t o r u n t h e s c r e w t h r o u g h t h e l o c k i ng c o i l o f p u m p M o d e l s
704301-1, -3, -8 and -10. Torque screws (-10OA) to 130-140 lb in.
( 1 4 , 7 - 1 5 , 8 N · m ) a b o v e t h e t o r q u e r e q u i r e d t o r u n t he s c r e w t h r o u g h t h e
l o c k i n g c o i l o f p u m p M o d e l s 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 2 , - 4 , - 5 , - 6 , -9 , - 1 1 , - 1 2 , a n d - 1 3 ,
708301-1, -2, -4 and -5, and 708601-1, -2, -5, and -6.
AH. Install packing (540) on plug (535) and install plug in drain port on
filter cover (495). Torque plug (535) to 45-55 lb in. (5,1-6,2 N·m).
A J . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g ( 6 8 0 ) o n p l u g ( 6 7 5 ) , a n d i n s t a ll p l u g i n g e a r h o u s i n g
a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) . T o r q u e p l u g t o 4 5 - 5 5 l b i n . ( 5 , 1 -6 , 2 N · m ) .
A K . I n s t a l l p l u g ( 4 9 0 ) i n t o g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y (- 6 4 0 ) . Torque plug to
45-55 lb in. (5,1-6,2 N·m).
73-11-11
Page 726
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
( 1 ) I n s t a l l p a c k i n g ( 6 3 9 ) i n p a c k i n g g r o o v e o f c o ve r p l a t e ( 6 3 6 ) .
( 3 ) I n s t a l l p a c k i n g ( 4 9 3 ) o n p l u g ( 4 9 2 ) a n d i n s t a ll i n c o v e r p l a t e
(636). Torque plug to 45-55 lb in. (5,1-6,2 N·m).
AM. After completing assembly, and before testing, rotate drive shaft using
s p l i n e d r i v e , 2 1 6 5 6 5 . C r a n k t o e n s u r e t h a t t h e s h af t r o t a t e s w i t h o u t
r u b b i n g o r b i n d i n g . I f e x c e s s i v e b i n d i n g o r r u b b i ng i s e v i d e n t , t h e
pump must be disassembled and the trouble corrected before testing.
A N . T e s t f u e l p u m p a n d f i l t e r a s s e m b l y u s i n g T E S T I NG s e c t i o n o f t h i s m a n u a l .
A P . A f t e r s a t i s f a c t o r y c o m p l e t i o n o f t e s t i n g , s a f e ty w i r e t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s
u s i n g s a f e t y w i r e ( l o c k w i r e M S 2 0 9 9 5 N 3 2 ) i n a c c o r d a n ce w i t h M S 3 3 5 4 0 : r e -
l i e f v a l v e h o u s i n g ( 5 9 5 ) , n u t ( 5 6 5 ) , a n d c o v e r ( 5 7 0) . A p p l y s a f e t y w i r e
seal (555).
4. A s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p a n d F i l t e r I n s t a l l a t i o n.
A. After the fuel pump has satisfactorily completed testing, flush with
p e t r o l e u m - b a s e d p r e s e r v a t i v e , s u c h a s h y d r a u l i c f l ui d ( M I L - H - 6 0 8 3 ) .
P r i o r t o u s e o n t h e p u m p , f i l t e r t h e h y d r a u l i c f l u id t o 1 0 m i c r o n s n o m i -
nal. Flush the pump in the following manner:
( 1 ) P o u r h y d r a u l i c f l u i d i n t o t h e i n l e t p o r t o f t he p u m p .
(2) Using crank test tool, 216565, rotate the main drive shaft (45, IPL
f i g u r e 2 ) u n t i l t h e h y d r a u l i c f l u i d f l o w s o u t t h e di s c h a r g e p o r t .
(3) Tilt the pump and drain out as much hydraulic fluid as possible.
C. I f n a m e p l a t e ( 1 0 7 , I P L f i g u r e 1 ) h a s b e e n r e m o v ed , a t t a c h t h e p l a t e u s -
i n g f o u r n e w s c r e w s ( 1 0 8 ) . T o r q u e t h e s c r e w s t o 6 -8 l b i n . ( 0 , 6 7 8 - 0 , 9 0 4
N · m ) . U s e s a f e t y w i r e M S 2 0 9 9 5 N 2 0 i n a c c o r d a n c e w i th M S 3 3 5 4 0 .
73-11-11
Page 727
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
D. If using old style shipping closure (5), install closure on fuel pump
m o u n t i n g f l a n g e u s i n g t h r e e n u t s ( 1 0 ) a n d b o l t s ( 1 5) w i t h w a s h e r s ( 2 0 ) .
Torque bolts to 50 lb in. (5,65 N·m).
E. I f u s i n g n e w s t y l e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 5 A ) , i n s t a ll c o r r o s i o n i n h i b i t i n g
bag (20B) on end of drive shaft. Install shipping closure (5A) and se-
cure with closure ring (10A).
F. For new style shipping closure, install plastic sheet (20C) into center
hole of shipping closure (25).
G. I n s t a l l s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 2 5 ) o n c o n t r o l s h a f t si d e o f p u m p u s i n g f o u r
n u t s ( 3 0 ) , o n e b o l t ( 3 5 ) , a n d f i v e w a s h e r s ( 4 0 ) . To r q u e n u t s a n d b o l t s
to 50 lb in. (5,65 N·m).
H. Install shipping closure (45) on heat exchanger ports using two nuts
( 5 0 ) w i t h w a s h e r s ( 5 5 ) . T o r q u e n u t s t o 5 0 l b i n . (5 , 6 5 N · m ) .
J. I n s t a l l s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 6 0 ) o n i n l e t p o r t u s i ng t w o b o l t s ( 6 5 ) w i t h
w a s h e r s ( 7 0 ) . T o r q u e b o l t s t o 5 0 l b i n . ( 5 , 6 5 N · m ).
K. F o r t h e 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s , p l a c e t wo p a c k i n g s ( 8 0 ) o n p l u g s
( 7 5 ) a n d i n s t a l l i n p o r t s m a r k e d P B P a n d P H P . T o r qu e p l u g s t o 4 5 - 5 5 l b
i n . ( 5 , 1 - 6 , 2 N · m ) . F o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s p l a c e pa c k i n g ( - 8 0 A ) o n p l u g
(-75A) and install in port marked PHP. Torque plug to 45-55 lb in.
(5,1-6,2 N·m).
L. P l a c e t w o p a c k i n g s ( 9 0 ) o n p l u g s ( 8 5 ) a n d i n s t a ll i n p o r t s m a r k e d P E F
a n d P S F . T o r q u e p l u g s t o 4 5 - 5 5 l b i n . ( 5 , 1 - 6 , 2 N · m) .
M. P l a c e p a c k i n g ( 1 0 5 ) o n p l u g ( 1 0 0 ) a n d i n s t a l l p lu g i n p o r t m a r k e d P F .
Torque plug to 45-55 lb in. (5,1-6,2 N·m).
N. S a f e t y w i r e p l u g s ( 7 5 , 8 5 , a n d 1 0 0 ) u s i n g s a f e t y wi r e ( l o c k w i r e
MS20995N32) in accordance with MS33540.
5. S t o r a g e.
73-11-11
Page 728
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
Table 801, Fits and Clearances, provides a list of in-service wear limits
f o r t h e c o m p o n e n t p a r t s o f t h e f u e l p u m p . A n y c o m po n e n t w h i c h d o e s n o t f a l l
w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i e d l i m i t s m u s t b e r e p l a c e d . R e f er t o t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
p a r a g r a p h s i n C H E C K f o r a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g s u r f a c e f i n is h r e -
q u i r e m e n t s . T a b l e 8 0 2 , T o r q u e L i m i t s , l i s t s t h e r eq u i r e d a s s e m b l y t o r q u e
values, where applicable.
501 * -5
A 0.005 0.170
(0,127) (4,318)
502 † 45
A 0.005 1.3273
(0,127) (33,7134)
B † 0.005 1.4713
(0,127) (37,3710)
503 * 55
A N/A 1.451
(36,855)
B * N/A 0.169
(4,293)
C † 0.003 1.8812
(0,076) (47,7825)
505 130
A * N/A 0.7980
(20,2692)
506 135
A * N/A 0.801
(20,345)
508 285
E ** 0.003 0.7065
(0,076) (17,9451)
* As indicated in referenced figure
** Between pins
† Over pins, over pins/balls
N/A Not applicable
73-11-11
Page 801
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
511 285
A * 1.3711
(34,8259)
B * 1.1523
(29,2684)
C * 0.156
(3,962)
E ** 0.003 0.7065
(0,076) (17,9451)
512 290 0.6200
B * (15,748)
514 350
B * 0.178
(4,521)
C * 2.227
(56,566)
D * 0.009
(0,229)
515 † 370
A 0.003 0.4162
(0,076) (10,5715)
B † 0.003 0.4450
(0,076) (11,3030)
E * 0.525
(13,335)
F * 0.195
(4,953)
G * 0.310
(7,874)
* As indicated in referenced figure
** Between pins
† Over pins, over pins/balls
N/A Not applicable
73-11-11
Page 802
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
516 375
A * 0.008* 0.597*
(0,2032) (15,164)
B * 1.3736 1.3741
(34,8894) (34,9021)
517 410
A ** 0.003 0.2718
(0,076) (6,9037)
B † 0.003 1.8484
(0,076) (46,949)
C † 0.003 1.1302
(0,076) (28,707)
517A -410A
A ** 0.003 0.2718
(0,076) (6,9037)
B † 0.003 1.8484
(0,076) (46,949)
C † 0.003 1.1302
(0,076) (28,707)
518 425
430
B * 0.0003
(0,0076)
from original
bore diameter
H * 0.022
(0,559)
* As indicated in referenced figure
** Between pins
† Over pins, over pins/balls
N/A Not applicable
73-11-11
Page 803
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
519 440
445 0.0003 2.1973
A * (0,0076) (55,811)
B † N/A 3.2756
(83,200)
C ** 0.003 1.4690
(0,076) (37,313)
D ** 0.003 0.9566
(0,076) (24,298)
E ** 0.003 1.1929
(0,076) (30,300)
520 460 0.0003
465 (0,0076)
B * from original
bore diameter
H 0.022
(0,559)
522 590 N/A 1.0610
A * (26,949)
523 595
A * N/A 1.0635
(27,013)
B * N/A 0.010
(0,254)
C * 2.435
(61,849)
524 600
A * N/A 0.2800
(7,1120)
525 620
A * N/A 0.252
(6,401)
B * N/A 0.085
(2,159)
* As indicated in referenced figure
** Between pins
† Over pins, over pins/balls
N/A Not applicable
73-11-11
Page 804
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
Page 805
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
Page 806
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. General.
T h e s p e c i a l t o o l s , f i x t u r e s , a n d e q u i p m e n t r e q u i r ed t o a c c o m p l i s h c o m p o n e n t
m a i n t e n a n c e a n d t e s t t h e f u e l p u m p a r e l i s t e d i n T ab l e 9 0 1 a n d i l l u s t r a t e d
in figure 901.
NOTE: E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d u n l e s s o t h e r w is e i n d i c a t e d .
2. Source.
3. Environmental Requirements.
Assembly area must be clean and contain provisions for control of airborne
contamination.
73-11-11
Page 901
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
Page 902
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
1. Introduction.
A. Purpose.
T h i s i l l u s t r a t e d p a r t s l i s t l i s t s a n d d e s c r i b e s th e p a r t s r e q u i r e d f o r
F u e l P u m p s , P a r t N u m b e r s 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 2 , 7 0 4 3 0 1- 3 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 4 ,
704301-5, 704301-6, 704301-8, 704301-9, 704301-10, 704301-11, 704301-12,
7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 3 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 4 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 5 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 1 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 2, 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 4 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 5 ,
7 0 8 3 0 1 - 6 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 1 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 2 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 5 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 -6 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 7 a n d i s
used in conjunction with the Component Maintenance Manual to serve as an
aid to disassembly and reassembly.
B. Usage.
The Detailed Parts List consists of the complete fuel pump listed
in disassembly order.
(a) T h e f i r s t c o l u m n l i s t s t h e f i g u r e a n d i n d e x n u mb e r s f o r a l l
items illustrated in the exploded views.
(b) The second, third, and fourth columns list the part numbers
and descriptions of all assemblies, subassemblies, and de-
tailed parts.
(c) T h e f i f t h c o l u m n i s a v a i l a b l e f o r a c o d e t o i n di c a t e t h e e f -
f e c t i v i t y o f t h e p a r t t o v a r i o u s m o d e l s a n d i n s t a l la t i o n s .
(d) T h e s i x t h c o l u m n s h o w s t h e u n i t s r e q u i r e d p e r as s e m b l y o r s u b -
assembly.
All ARGO-TECH part numbers used for the equipment being covered are
d e s i g n a t e d b y p l a i n f i v e o r s i x d i g i t n u m b e r s . G o ve r n m e n t s t a n d a r d
p a r t s a r e p r e f i x e d b y t h e l e t t e r s A N , M , M S , a n d N AS . P u r c h a s e d
parts are listed by the manufacturer's part number. An ARGO-TECH
p a r t n u m b e r h a s b e e n a s s i g n e d t o a l l p u r c h a s e d i t e ms a n d i s s h o w n
i n p a r e n t h e s e s f o r r e f e r e n c e p u r p o s e s a f t e r t h e d e sc r i p t i o n o f t h e
part.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1001
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(a) In the Numerical Index, all parts shown in the Detailed Parts
L i s t a r e a r r a n g e d i n a l p h a - n u m e r i c a l o r d e r . T h e ar r a n g e m e n t
s e q u e n c e o f e a c h p a r t b e g i n s a t t h e e x t r e m e l e f t - h an d p o s i t i o n
and continues left to right, one column at a time, until com-
plete numerical arrangement is determined.
1 Dash (-).
2 Letters A through Z.
3 Numerals 0 through 9.
NOTE: Alphabetic O's shall be considered numerical
zeros.
(a) A l l a s s e m b l i e s a n d p a r t s a r e a r r a n g e d i n t h e o rd e r o f d i s a s -
sembly with the exception of attaching parts which follow im-
mediately after the item to be attached.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1002
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
(b) S u b a s s e m b l i e s a n d p a r t s a r e i n d e n t e d t o i n d i c a te t h e i r
relationship to the complete assembly. Associated with the
l i s t i s a n e x p l o d e d v i e w i l l u s t r a t i o n . T h i s i l l u s tr a t i o n
identifies and shows the relative positions of the various as-
semblies and parts.
(c) P a r t v a r i a t i o n s a m o n g m o d e l s a r e i n d i c a t e d b y le t t e r s y m b o l s
p l a c e d i n t h e " E F F C O D E " c o l u m n o f t h e D e t a i l e d P a rt s L i s t .
Where the parts are used on all units of equipment the column
is left blank.
PARTS LIST
EFF CODE NUMBER
A 704301-1
B 704301-2
C 704301-3
D 704301-4
E 708301-1
F 704301-5
G 704301-6
H 708301-2
J 708601-1
K 708601-2
L 704301-8
M 704301-9
N 704301-10
P 704301-11
Q 708301-4
R 708301-12
S 704301-13
T 708301-5
U 708601-5
V 708601-6
W 708301-6
X 708601-7
Y 704301-14
Z 704301-15
(d) T h e q u a n t i t i e s l i s t e d i n t h e " U N I T S P E R A S S Y " co l u m n a r e , i n
the case of assemblies, the total quantity used per unit of
e q u i p m e n t a t t h e l o c a t i o n i n d i c a t e d , w h i l e t h e c o m po n e n t p a r t s
i n d e n t e d u n d e r t h e a s s e m b l i e s o n l y s h o w t h e q u a n t i ty u s e d p e r
assembly. Therefore, the quantities specified are not neces-
sarily the total used per unit of equipment.
(5) Abbreviations.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1003
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
T h e f o l l o w i n g a b b r e v i a t i o n s a r e u s e d i n t h e d e t a il e d p a r t s l i s t :
ALT Alternate
AR As required
ASSY Assembly
BYP Bypass
CONT Control
EFF Effectivity
FIG Figure
FLG Flange
FLTR Filter
FXD Fixed
HTR Heater
LKG Locking
MACH Machine
mm Millimeter
MTG Mounting
NP Not procurable
NHA Next higher assembly
P/N Part number
REPL Replaced
REPLS Replaces
RF Reference
RTNR Retainer
SUPSD Superseded
SUPSDS Supersedes
THD Thread
V Valve
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1004
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1005
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
2. Numerical Index.
MS21209F4-15 2 -655A 24
2 -655B 30
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1006
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1007
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1008
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1009
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1010
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1011
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1012
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1013
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1014
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1015
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1016
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1017
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1018
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1019
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1020
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
3. I l l u s t r a t e d P a r t s L i s t.
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1021
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1022
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1023
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1024
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1025
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1026
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1027
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1028
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1029
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
605
610
600 585
615
555
590 565
635
620 595
570
625
667 630
*627 575
655
638 655
639 675 580
645
636 680
* NOTE:
550
493 ITEM 627 IS A
670 545 REPAIR PART.
507
492
637 660A
110
655 660
650
50
45 NOTE:
656
INSET ITEMS 510 AND
90 520 SUPERCEDED BY
75 REPLACEMENT ITEMS
70 665 510F AND 510G PER
490
65 SB 73-0086, SB 73-0119,
60 AND SB 73-0141.
55 105 100
520
510F 510
510G
30
35 530
40
515
15 20
10 506
525
25 520
505 B 495
503 505
505A
540
500
535
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1030
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1031
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1032
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1033
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1034
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1035
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1036
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1037
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1038
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1039
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1040
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1041
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1042
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1043
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1044
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1045
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1046
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1047
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1048
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1049
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1050
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES
73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1051/1052
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09